1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm;
63 template<bool big_endian>
66 template<bool big_endian>
67 class Arm_input_section;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup;
75 template<bool big_endian>
76 class Arm_output_section;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section;
80 template<bool big_endian>
83 template<bool big_endian>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions;
86 template<bool big_endian>
87 class Arm_output_data_got;
89 template<bool big_endian>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE = 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will be very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table* arm_reloc_property_table = NULL;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data)
155 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB16_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data)
161 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data)
165 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB32_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data, int reloc_addend)
170 return Insn_template(data, THUMB32_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data)
176 { return Insn_template(data, ARM_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data, int reloc_addend)
180 { return Insn_template(data, ARM_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24, reloc_addend); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data, unsigned int r_type, int reloc_addend)
184 { return Insn_template(data, DATA_TYPE, r_type, reloc_addend); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data, Type type, unsigned int r_type, int reloc_addend)
220 : data_(data), type_(type), r_type_(r_type), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first = arm_stub_long_branch_any_any,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last = arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last = arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx,
275 arm_stub_type_last = arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type, const Insn_template*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i) const
330 gold_assert(i < this->relocs_.size());
331 return this->relocs_[i].first;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i) const
339 gold_assert(i < this->relocs_.size());
340 return this->relocs_[i].second;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair<size_t, section_size_type> Reloc;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template&);
351 Stub_template& operator=(const Stub_template&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template* insns_;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector<Reloc> relocs_;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset =
380 static_cast<section_offset_type>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template* stub_template)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template), offset_(invalid_offset)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_ != invalid_offset);
401 return this->offset_;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset)
407 { this->offset_ = offset; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
418 { this->do_write(view, view_size, big_endian); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write<true>(view, view_size);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write<false>(view, view_size);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type);
454 const Stub_template* stub_template_;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub : public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index = static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address = static_cast<Arm_address>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_ != this->invalid_address);
474 return this->destination_address_;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address)
481 gold_assert(address != this->invalid_address);
482 this->destination_address_ = address;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_ = this->invalid_address; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type, Arm_address branch_address,
496 Arm_address branch_target, bool target_is_thumb);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type, const Symbol* symbol, const Relobj* relobj,
509 unsigned int r_sym, int32_t addend)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type), addend_(addend)
514 this->r_sym_ = Reloc_stub::invalid_index;
515 this->u_.symbol = symbol;
519 gold_assert(relobj != NULL && r_sym != invalid_index);
520 this->r_sym_ = r_sym;
521 this->u_.relobj = relobj;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_ == invalid_index ? this->u_.symbol : NULL; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_ != invalid_index ? this->u_.relobj : NULL; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key& k) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_ == k.stub_type_)
556 && (this->r_sym_ == k.r_sym_)
557 && ((this->r_sym_ != Reloc_stub::invalid_index)
558 ? (this->u_.relobj == k.u_.relobj)
559 : (this->u_.symbol == k.u_.symbol))
560 && (this->addend_ == k.addend_));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_ != Reloc_stub::invalid_index)
571 ? this->u_.relobj->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_.symbol->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key& k) const
581 { return k.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key& k1, const Key& k2) const
588 { return k1.eq(k2); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is an invalid index, this points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, it points to a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj, in order to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol* symbol;
610 const Relobj* relobj;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template)
619 : Stub(stub_template), destination_address_(invalid_address)
625 friend class Stub_factory;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub : public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template, Relobj* relobj,
701 unsigned int shndx, Arm_address source_address,
702 Arm_address destination_address, uint32_t original_insn)
703 : Stub(stub_template), relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx),
704 source_address_(source_address | 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address),
706 original_insn_(original_insn)
709 friend class Stub_factory;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i == 0 ? this->source_address_ + 4 : this->destination_address_;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub : public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template, const uint32_t reg)
763 : Stub(stub_template), reg_(reg)
766 friend class Stub_factory;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write<true>(view, view_size);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write<false>(view, view_size);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type)
790 const Insn_template* insns = this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
793 + (this->reg_ << 16)));
794 view += insns[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
796 (insns[1].data() + this->reg_));
797 view += insns[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
799 (insns[2].data() + this->reg_));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory&
815 static Stub_factory singleton;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type >= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type <= arm_stub_reloc_last);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_[stub_type]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type, Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
831 Arm_address source, Arm_address destination,
832 uint32_t original_insn) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type >= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type <= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_[stub_type], relobj, shndx,
837 source, destination, original_insn);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg) const
845 gold_assert(reg < 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory&);
858 Stub_factory& operator=(Stub_factory&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template* stub_templates_[arm_stub_type_last+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian>
867 class Stub_table : public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
882 { return this->owner_; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB using KEY. The caller is responsible for avoiding addition
899 // if a STUB with the same key has already been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub* stub, const Reloc_stub::Key& key)
903 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template->type() == key.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_[key] = stub;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align = stub_template->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_ = align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_, align);
911 stub->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_ += stub_template->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_ =
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_, align);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // The caller is responsible for avoiding addition if a STUB with the same
919 // address has already been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address, Cortex_a8_stub* stub)
923 std::pair<Arm_address, Cortex_a8_stub*> value(address, stub);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.insert(value);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub* stub)
932 gold_assert(stub != NULL && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[stub->reg()] == NULL);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[stub->reg()] = stub;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key& key) const
944 typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.find(key);
945 return (p != this->reloc_stubs_.end()) ? p->second : NULL;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg) const
953 gold_assert(reg < 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[reg];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
960 Target_arm<big_endian>*, Output_section*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address, section_size_type);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm<big_endian>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub*, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
1004 Target_arm<big_endian>*, Output_section*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address, section_size_type);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map<Reloc_stub::Key, Reloc_stub*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map<Arm_address, Cortex_a8_stub*> Cortex_a8_stub_list;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector<Arm_v4bx_stub*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner_;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind : public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_; }
1059 do_write(Output_file* of)
1061 if (parameters->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write<true>(of);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write<false>(of);
1067 // Write to a map file.
1069 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
1070 { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** ARM cantunwind")); }
1073 // Implement do_write for a given endianness.
1074 template<bool big_endian>
1076 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file*);
1078 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1080 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1081 unsigned int shndx_;
1084 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1085 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1086 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1088 typedef std::map<section_offset_type, section_offset_type>
1089 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map;
1091 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1092 // with some of its entries merged.
1094 class Arm_exidx_merged_section : public Output_relaxed_input_section
1097 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1098 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1099 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1100 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1101 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1102 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section,
1104 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map,
1105 uint32_t deleted_bytes);
1107 // Build output contents.
1109 build_contents(const unsigned char*, section_size_type);
1111 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1112 const Arm_exidx_input_section&
1113 exidx_input_section() const
1114 { return this->exidx_input_section_; }
1116 // Return the section offset map.
1117 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map&
1118 section_offset_map() const
1119 { return this->section_offset_map_; }
1122 // Write merged section into file OF.
1124 do_write(Output_file* of);
1127 do_output_offset(const Relobj*, unsigned int, section_offset_type,
1128 section_offset_type*) const;
1131 // Original EXIDX input section.
1132 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section_;
1133 // Section offset map.
1134 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map_;
1135 // Merged section contents. We need to keep build the merged section
1136 // and save it here to avoid accessing the original EXIDX section when
1137 // we cannot lock the sections' object.
1138 unsigned char* section_contents_;
1141 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1143 template<bool big_endian>
1144 class Arm_input_section : public Output_relaxed_input_section
1147 Arm_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx)
1148 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj, shndx, 1),
1149 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL),
1150 original_contents_(NULL)
1153 ~Arm_input_section()
1154 { delete[] this->original_contents_; }
1160 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1162 is_stub_table_owner() const
1163 { return this->stub_table_ != NULL && this->stub_table_->owner() == this; }
1165 // Return the stub table.
1166 Stub_table<big_endian>*
1168 { return this->stub_table_; }
1170 // Set the stub_table.
1172 set_stub_table(Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table)
1173 { this->stub_table_ = stub_table; }
1175 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1176 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1177 static Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
1178 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section* poris)
1179 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section<big_endian>*>(poris); }
1181 // Return the original size of the section.
1183 original_size() const
1184 { return this->original_size_; }
1187 // Write data to output file.
1189 do_write(Output_file*);
1191 // Return required alignment of this.
1193 do_addralign() const
1195 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1196 return std::max(this->stub_table_->addralign(),
1197 static_cast<uint64_t>(this->original_addralign_));
1199 return this->original_addralign_;
1202 // Finalize data size.
1204 set_final_data_size();
1206 // Reset address and file offset.
1208 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1212 do_output_offset(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
1213 section_offset_type offset,
1214 section_offset_type* poutput) const
1216 if ((object == this->relobj())
1217 && (shndx == this->shndx())
1220 convert_types<section_offset_type, uint32_t>(this->original_size_)))
1230 // Copying is not allowed.
1231 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section&);
1232 Arm_input_section& operator=(const Arm_input_section&);
1234 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1235 uint32_t original_addralign_;
1236 // Section size of the original input section.
1237 uint32_t original_size_;
1239 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table_;
1240 // Original section contents. We have to make a copy here since the file
1241 // containing the original section may not be locked when we need to access
1243 unsigned char* original_contents_;
1246 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1247 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1249 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1252 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section* exidx_output_section,
1253 bool merge_exidx_entries = true)
1254 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE),
1255 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL),
1256 section_offset_map_(NULL), first_output_text_section_(NULL),
1257 merge_exidx_entries_(merge_exidx_entries)
1261 { delete this->section_offset_map_; }
1263 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. SECTION_CONTENTS points
1264 // to the EXIDX contents and SECTION_SIZE is the size of the contents. Return
1265 // number of bytes to be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX
1266 // section are merged a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store
1267 // in the located PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is
1268 // responsible for releasing it.
1269 template<bool big_endian>
1271 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section,
1272 const unsigned char* section_contents,
1273 section_size_type section_size,
1274 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map** psection_offset_map);
1276 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1277 // input section, if there is not one already.
1279 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1281 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1282 // first exidx input in output.
1284 first_output_text_section() const
1285 { return this->first_output_text_section_; }
1288 // Copying is not allowed.
1289 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup&);
1290 Arm_exidx_fixup& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup&);
1292 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1297 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1298 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND,
1305 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1306 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1308 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word);
1310 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1311 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1312 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1313 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1314 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1316 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset,
1317 section_size_type deleted_bytes, bool delete_entry);
1319 // EXIDX output section.
1320 Output_section* exidx_output_section_;
1321 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1322 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_;
1323 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1324 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_;
1325 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1326 const Arm_exidx_input_section* last_input_section_;
1327 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1328 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map* section_offset_map_;
1329 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1331 Output_section* first_output_text_section_;
1333 bool merge_exidx_entries_;
1336 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1337 // stub generation methods.
1339 template<bool big_endian>
1340 class Arm_output_section : public Output_section
1343 typedef std::vector<std::pair<Relobj*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list;
1345 // We need to force SHF_LINK_ORDER in a SHT_ARM_EXIDX section.
1346 Arm_output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type,
1347 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags)
1348 : Output_section(name, type,
1349 (type == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
1350 ? flags | elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
1353 if (type == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
1354 this->set_always_keeps_input_sections();
1357 ~Arm_output_section()
1360 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1362 group_sections(section_size_type, bool, Target_arm<big_endian>*, const Task*);
1364 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1365 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1366 static Arm_output_section<big_endian>*
1367 as_arm_output_section(Output_section* os)
1368 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section<big_endian>*>(os); }
1370 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1372 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list* list);
1374 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1375 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1376 // output addresses.
1378 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout* layout,
1379 const Text_section_list& sorted_text_section,
1380 Symbol_table* symtab,
1381 bool merge_exidx_entries,
1384 // Link an EXIDX section into its corresponding text section.
1386 set_exidx_section_link();
1390 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section;
1391 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list;
1393 // Create a stub group.
1394 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1395 Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1396 Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1397 Target_arm<big_endian>*,
1398 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*>*,
1402 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1404 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1407 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset =
1408 static_cast<section_offset_type>(-1);
1410 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
1411 unsigned int link, uint32_t size,
1412 uint32_t addralign, uint32_t text_size)
1413 : relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx), link_(link), size_(size),
1414 addralign_(addralign), text_size_(text_size), has_errors_(false)
1417 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1420 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1422 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1425 { return this->relobj_; }
1427 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1430 { return this->shndx_; }
1432 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1435 { return this->link_; }
1437 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1440 { return this->size_; }
1442 // Return address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1445 { return this->addralign_; }
1447 // Return size of the associated text input section.
1450 { return this->text_size_; }
1452 // Whether there are any errors in the EXIDX input section.
1455 { return this->has_errors_; }
1457 // Set has-errors flag.
1460 { this->has_errors_ = true; }
1463 // Object containing this.
1465 // Section index of this.
1466 unsigned int shndx_;
1467 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1469 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1471 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1472 uint32_t addralign_;
1473 // Size of associated text section.
1474 uint32_t text_size_;
1475 // Whether this has any errors.
1479 // Arm_relobj class.
1481 template<bool big_endian>
1482 class Arm_relobj : public Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>
1485 static const Arm_address invalid_address = static_cast<Arm_address>(-1);
1487 Arm_relobj(const std::string& name, Input_file* input_file, off_t offset,
1488 const typename elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
1489 : Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr),
1490 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1491 attributes_section_data_(NULL), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1492 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL), exidx_section_map_(),
1493 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false),
1494 merge_flags_and_attributes_(true)
1498 { delete this->attributes_section_data_; }
1500 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1501 Stub_table<big_endian>*
1502 stub_table(unsigned int shndx) const
1504 gold_assert(shndx < this->stub_tables_.size());
1505 return this->stub_tables_[shndx];
1508 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1510 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx, Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table)
1512 gold_assert(shndx < this->stub_tables_.size());
1513 this->stub_tables_[shndx] = stub_table;
1516 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1517 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1519 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym) const
1521 gold_assert(r_sym < this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_.size());
1522 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_[r_sym];
1525 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1527 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm<big_endian>*, const Symbol_table*,
1530 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1532 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx)
1534 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1535 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1536 this->set_section_offset(shndx, -1ULL);
1537 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1540 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1541 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1542 static Arm_relobj<big_endian>*
1543 as_arm_relobj(Relobj* relobj)
1544 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj<big_endian>*>(relobj); }
1546 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1549 processor_specific_flags() const
1550 { return this->processor_specific_flags_; }
1552 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1554 const Attributes_section_data*
1555 attributes_section_data() const
1556 { return this->attributes_section_data_; }
1558 // Mapping symbol location.
1559 typedef std::pair<unsigned int, Arm_address> Mapping_symbol_position;
1561 // Functor for STL container.
1562 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1565 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position& p1,
1566 const Mapping_symbol_position& p2) const
1568 return (p1.first < p2.first
1569 || (p1.first == p2.first && p1.second < p2.second));
1573 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1574 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1575 typedef std::map<Mapping_symbol_position, char,
1576 Mapping_symbol_position_less> Mapping_symbols_info;
1578 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1580 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx) const
1582 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ != NULL
1583 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_)[shndx]);
1586 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1588 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx)
1590 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ == NULL)
1591 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ =
1592 new std::vector<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1593 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_)[shndx] = true;
1596 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1597 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1598 const Arm_exidx_input_section*
1599 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx) const
1601 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p = this->exidx_section_map_.find(shndx);
1602 return ((p != this->exidx_section_map_.end()
1603 && p->second->link() == shndx)
1608 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1609 const Arm_exidx_input_section*
1610 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx) const
1612 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p = this->exidx_section_map_.find(shndx);
1613 return ((p != this->exidx_section_map_.end()
1614 && p->second->shndx() == shndx)
1619 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1621 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1622 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_; }
1624 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1626 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1627 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_ = true; }
1629 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1631 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1633 // Whether we want to merge processor-specific flags and attributes.
1635 merge_flags_and_attributes() const
1636 { return this->merge_flags_and_attributes_; }
1638 // Export list of EXIDX section indices.
1640 get_exidx_shndx_list(std::vector<unsigned int>* list) const
1643 for (Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p = this->exidx_section_map_.begin();
1644 p != this->exidx_section_map_.end();
1647 if (p->second->shndx() == p->first)
1648 list->push_back(p->first);
1650 // Sort list to make result independent of implementation of map.
1651 std::sort(list->begin(), list->end());
1655 // Post constructor setup.
1659 // Call parent's setup method.
1660 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_setup();
1662 // Initialize look-up tables.
1663 Stub_table_list empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL);
1664 this->stub_tables_.swap(empty_stub_table_list);
1667 // Count the local symbols.
1669 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template<char>*,
1670 Stringpool_template<char>*);
1673 do_relocate_sections(
1674 const Symbol_table* symtab, const Layout* layout,
1675 const unsigned char* pshdrs, Output_file* of,
1676 typename Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::Views* pivews);
1678 // Read the symbol information.
1680 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd);
1682 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1684 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Read_relocs_data*);
1688 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1690 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1691 const Relobj::Output_sections&,
1692 const Symbol_table*, const unsigned char*);
1694 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1696 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&, unsigned int,
1697 const Output_section*, const Symbol_table*);
1699 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1701 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1702 unsigned int, Output_section*,
1703 const Symbol_table*);
1705 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1707 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1708 unsigned int, Output_section*,
1709 Target_arm<big_endian>*);
1711 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1712 // first relocation of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1713 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1714 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1715 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1717 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr,
1718 const unsigned char* psyms, unsigned int* pshndx);
1721 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1722 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1723 // index of the linked text section.
1725 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx,
1726 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
1727 unsigned int text_shndx,
1728 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& text_shdr);
1730 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1731 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1733 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section*);
1735 typedef std::vector<Stub_table<big_endian>*> Stub_table_list;
1736 typedef Unordered_map<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section*>
1739 // List of stub tables.
1740 Stub_table_list stub_tables_;
1741 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1742 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1743 std::vector<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_;
1744 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1745 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_;
1746 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1747 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
1748 // Mapping symbols information.
1749 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_;
1750 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1751 std::vector<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_;
1752 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1753 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_;
1754 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1755 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_;
1756 // Whether we merge processor flags and attributes of this object to
1758 bool merge_flags_and_attributes_;
1761 // Arm_dynobj class.
1763 template<bool big_endian>
1764 class Arm_dynobj : public Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>
1767 Arm_dynobj(const std::string& name, Input_file* input_file, off_t offset,
1768 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
1769 : Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr),
1770 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL)
1774 { delete this->attributes_section_data_; }
1776 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1777 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1778 static Arm_dynobj<big_endian>*
1779 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj* dynobj)
1780 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj<big_endian>*>(dynobj); }
1782 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1785 processor_specific_flags() const
1786 { return this->processor_specific_flags_; }
1788 // Attributes section data.
1789 const Attributes_section_data*
1790 attributes_section_data() const
1791 { return this->attributes_section_data_; }
1794 // Read the symbol information.
1796 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd);
1799 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1800 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_;
1801 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1802 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
1805 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1807 template<int sh_type, bool big_endian>
1808 struct Stub_addend_reader
1810 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1811 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1812 // view or from a Reloc object.
1813 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1815 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1816 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1817 const typename Reloc_types<sh_type,
1818 32, big_endian>::Reloc& /* reloc */) const;
1821 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1823 template<bool big_endian>
1824 struct Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_REL, big_endian>
1826 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1829 const unsigned char*,
1830 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc&) const;
1833 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1834 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1835 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1836 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1838 template<bool big_endian>
1839 struct Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, big_endian>
1841 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1844 const unsigned char*,
1845 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, 32,
1846 big_endian>::Reloc& reloc) const
1847 { return reloc.get_r_addend(); }
1850 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1851 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1853 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1856 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub* reloc_stub, unsigned r_type,
1857 Arm_address destination)
1858 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub), r_type_(r_type), destination_(destination)
1864 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1866 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1870 { return this->reloc_stub_; }
1872 // Return the relocation type.
1875 { return this->r_type_; }
1877 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1881 { return this->destination_; }
1884 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1885 const Reloc_stub* reloc_stub_;
1887 unsigned int r_type_;
1888 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1890 Arm_address destination_;
1893 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1894 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1896 template<bool big_endian>
1897 class Arm_output_data_got : public Output_data_got<32, big_endian>
1900 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout)
1901 : Output_data_got<32, big_endian>(), symbol_table_(symtab), layout_(layout)
1904 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1905 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1906 // applied in a static link.
1908 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, Symbol* gsym)
1909 { this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, gsym)); }
1911 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1912 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1913 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1915 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
1916 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* relobj,
1919 this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, relobj,
1923 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1924 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1925 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1926 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1927 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1929 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type, Symbol* gsym);
1931 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1933 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type,
1934 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
1935 unsigned int index);
1938 // Write out the GOT table.
1940 do_write(Output_file*);
1943 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1944 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1948 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, Symbol* gsym)
1949 : got_offset_(got_offset), r_type_(r_type), symbol_is_global_(true)
1950 { this->u_.global.symbol = gsym; }
1952 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
1953 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* relobj, unsigned int index)
1954 : got_offset_(got_offset), r_type_(r_type), symbol_is_global_(false)
1956 this->u_.local.relobj = relobj;
1957 this->u_.local.index = index;
1960 // Return the GOT offset.
1963 { return this->got_offset_; }
1968 { return this->r_type_; }
1970 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1972 symbol_is_global() const
1973 { return this->symbol_is_global_; }
1975 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1979 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_);
1980 return this->u_.global.symbol;
1983 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1984 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*
1987 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_);
1988 return this->u_.local.relobj;
1991 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1995 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_);
1996 return this->u_.local.index;
2000 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
2001 unsigned int got_offset_;
2002 // Type of relocation.
2003 unsigned int r_type_;
2004 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
2005 bool symbol_is_global_;
2006 // A global or local symbol.
2011 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
2016 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
2017 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* relobj;
2018 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
2024 // Symbol table of the output object.
2025 Symbol_table* symbol_table_;
2026 // Layout of the output object.
2028 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
2029 std::vector<Static_reloc> static_relocs_;
2032 // The ARM target has many relocation types with odd-sizes or noncontiguous
2033 // bits. The default handling of relocatable relocation cannot process these
2034 // relocations. So we have to extend the default code.
2036 template<bool big_endian, int sh_type, typename Classify_reloc>
2037 class Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs :
2038 public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs<sh_type, Classify_reloc>
2041 // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2042 // symbol, given the relocation type.
2043 inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2044 local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type, Relobj*)
2046 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
2047 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA;
2050 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
2051 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2)
2053 const Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
2054 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
2055 r_type = arm_target->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
2060 // Relocations that write nothing. These exclude R_ARM_TARGET1
2061 // and R_ARM_TARGET2.
2062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
2063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
2064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
2065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
2066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
2067 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
2068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTRELAX:
2069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY:
2070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ16:
2072 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ32:
2073 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_0;
2074 // These should have been converted to something else above.
2075 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
2076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
2078 // Relocations that write full 32 bits.
2079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
2080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
2081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
2082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
2083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
2084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
2085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
2086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
2087 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
2088 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS:
2089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
2090 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
2091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
2092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
2093 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32:
2094 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
2095 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32:
2096 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_4;
2098 // For all other static relocations, return RELOC_SPECIAL.
2099 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL;
2105 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
2109 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
2110 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
2111 template<int no_bits>
2112 static inline int32_t
2113 sign_extend(uint32_t bits)
2115 gold_assert(no_bits >= 0 && no_bits <= 32);
2117 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits);
2118 uint32_t mask = (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits);
2120 uint32_t top_bit = 1U << (no_bits - 1);
2121 int32_t as_signed = static_cast<int32_t>(bits);
2122 return (bits & top_bit) ? as_signed + (-top_bit * 2) : as_signed;
2125 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
2126 template<int no_bits>
2128 has_overflow(uint32_t bits)
2130 gold_assert(no_bits >= 0 && no_bits <= 32);
2133 int32_t max = (1 << (no_bits - 1)) - 1;
2134 int32_t min = -(1 << (no_bits - 1));
2135 int32_t as_signed = static_cast<int32_t>(bits);
2136 return as_signed > max || as_signed < min;
2139 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
2140 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
2141 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
2142 // -128 <= bits <= 255
2143 template<int no_bits>
2145 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits)
2147 gold_assert(no_bits >= 2 && no_bits <= 32);
2150 int32_t max = static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits) - 1);
2151 int32_t min = -(1 << (no_bits - 1));
2152 int32_t as_signed = static_cast<int32_t>(bits);
2153 return as_signed > max || as_signed < min;
2156 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
2157 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
2158 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
2159 static inline uint32_t
2160 bit_select(uint32_t a, uint32_t b, uint32_t mask)
2161 { return (a & ~mask) | (b & mask); }
2164 template<bool big_endian>
2165 class Target_arm : public Sized_target<32, big_endian>
2168 typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, 32, big_endian>
2171 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2172 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs = static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2175 : Sized_target<32, big_endian>(&arm_info),
2176 got_(NULL), plt_(NULL), got_plt_(NULL), rel_dyn_(NULL),
2177 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY), dynbss_(NULL),
2178 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2179 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2180 should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2181 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL),
2182 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2185 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2187 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2188 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_; }
2190 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2192 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value)
2193 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_ = value; }
2195 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2197 using_thumb2() const
2199 Object_attribute* attr =
2200 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2201 int arch = attr->int_value();
2202 return arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2 || arch >= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7;
2205 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2207 using_thumb_only() const
2209 Object_attribute* attr =
2210 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2212 if (attr->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2213 || attr->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M)
2215 if (attr->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2216 && attr->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M)
2218 attr = this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile);
2219 return attr->int_value() == 'M';
2222 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2224 may_use_arm_nop() const
2226 Object_attribute* attr =
2227 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2228 int arch = attr->int_value();
2229 return (arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2230 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2231 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2232 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
2235 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2237 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2239 Object_attribute* attr =
2240 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2241 int arch = attr->int_value();
2242 return (arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2243 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2244 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
2247 // Whether we have v4T interworking instructions available.
2249 may_use_v4t_interworking() const
2251 Object_attribute* attr =
2252 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2253 int arch = attr->int_value();
2254 return (arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_PRE_V4
2255 && arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4);
2258 // Whether we have v5T interworking instructions available.
2260 may_use_v5t_interworking() const
2262 Object_attribute* attr =
2263 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2264 int arch = attr->int_value();
2265 if (parameters->options().fix_arm1176())
2266 return (arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2267 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2268 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2269 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
2270 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
2272 return (arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_PRE_V4
2273 && arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
2274 && arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4T);
2277 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2278 // garbage collection.
2280 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
2282 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2283 unsigned int data_shndx,
2284 unsigned int sh_type,
2285 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2287 Output_section* output_section,
2288 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2289 size_t local_symbol_count,
2290 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
2292 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2294 scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
2296 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2297 unsigned int data_shndx,
2298 unsigned int sh_type,
2299 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2301 Output_section* output_section,
2302 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2303 size_t local_symbol_count,
2304 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
2306 // Finalize the sections.
2308 do_finalize_sections(Layout*, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*);
2310 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2313 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol*) const;
2315 // Relocate a section.
2317 relocate_section(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2318 unsigned int sh_type,
2319 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2321 Output_section* output_section,
2322 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2323 unsigned char* view,
2324 Arm_address view_address,
2325 section_size_type view_size,
2326 const Reloc_symbol_changes*);
2328 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2330 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
2332 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2333 unsigned int data_shndx,
2334 unsigned int sh_type,
2335 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2337 Output_section* output_section,
2338 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2339 size_t local_symbol_count,
2340 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
2341 Relocatable_relocs*);
2343 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2345 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2346 unsigned int sh_type,
2347 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2349 Output_section* output_section,
2350 off_t offset_in_output_section,
2351 const Relocatable_relocs*,
2352 unsigned char* view,
2353 Arm_address view_address,
2354 section_size_type view_size,
2355 unsigned char* reloc_view,
2356 section_size_type reloc_view_size);
2358 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
2359 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
2361 relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
2362 unsigned int sh_type,
2363 const unsigned char* preloc_in,
2365 Output_section* output_section,
2366 off_t offset_in_output_section,
2367 unsigned char* view,
2368 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr
2370 section_size_type view_size,
2371 unsigned char* preloc_out);
2373 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2375 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol* sym) const
2376 { return strcmp(sym->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2378 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2380 has_got_section() const
2381 { return this->got_ != NULL; }
2383 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2387 gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL);
2388 return this->got_->data_size();
2391 // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
2393 got_entry_count() const
2395 if (!this->has_got_section())
2397 return this->got_size() / 4;
2400 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
2402 plt_entry_count() const;
2404 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2406 first_plt_entry_offset() const;
2408 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
2410 plt_entry_size() const;
2412 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2414 get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type);
2417 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2420 // Return the stub factory
2422 stub_factory() const
2423 { return this->stub_factory_; }
2425 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2426 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
2427 new_arm_input_section(Relobj*, unsigned int);
2429 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2430 // section of RELOBJ.
2431 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
2432 find_arm_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx) const;
2434 // Make a new Stub_table
2435 Stub_table<big_endian>*
2436 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>*);
2438 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2440 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2441 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section*,
2442 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2447 relocate_stub(Stub*, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2448 Output_section*, unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2451 // Get the default ARM target.
2452 static Target_arm<big_endian>*
2455 gold_assert(parameters->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2456 && parameters->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian);
2457 return static_cast<Target_arm<big_endian>*>(
2458 parameters->sized_target<32, big_endian>());
2461 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2463 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name)
2467 && (name[1] == 'a' || name[1] == 't' || name[1] == 'd')
2468 && (name[2] == '\0' || name[2] == '.'));
2471 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2473 fix_cortex_a8() const
2474 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_; }
2476 // Whether we merge exidx entries in debuginfo.
2478 merge_exidx_entries() const
2479 { return parameters->options().merge_exidx_entries(); }
2481 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2483 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2484 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2485 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2487 { return parameters->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2489 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2491 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2492 section_size_type, section_size_type,
2493 const unsigned char*, Arm_address);
2495 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2497 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub*, Arm_address,
2498 unsigned char*, Arm_address);
2501 // Make an ELF object.
2503 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2504 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr);
2507 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2508 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, !big_endian>&)
2509 { gold_unreachable(); }
2512 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2513 const elfcpp::Ehdr<64, false>&)
2514 { gold_unreachable(); }
2517 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2518 const elfcpp::Ehdr<64, true>&)
2519 { gold_unreachable(); }
2521 // Make an output section.
2523 do_make_output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type,
2524 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags)
2525 { return new Arm_output_section<big_endian>(name, type, flags); }
2528 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view, int len) const;
2530 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2531 // not doing relocatable linking.
2533 do_may_relax() const
2534 { return !parameters->options().relocatable(); }
2537 do_relax(int, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*, Layout*, const Task*);
2539 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2542 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag) const;
2544 // Reorder tags during output.
2546 do_attributes_order(int num) const;
2548 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2550 do_select_as_default_target()
2552 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2553 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2555 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table == NULL);
2556 arm_reloc_property_table = new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2559 // Virtual function which is set to return true by a target if
2560 // it can use relocation types to determine if a function's
2561 // pointer is taken.
2563 do_can_check_for_function_pointers() const
2566 // Whether a section called SECTION_NAME may have function pointers to
2567 // sections not eligible for safe ICF folding.
2569 do_section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(const char* section_name) const
2571 return (!is_prefix_of(".ARM.exidx", section_name)
2572 && !is_prefix_of(".ARM.extab", section_name)
2573 && Target::do_section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(section_name));
2577 // The class which scans relocations.
2582 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2586 get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type);
2589 local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_arm* target,
2590 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2591 unsigned int data_shndx,
2592 Output_section* output_section,
2593 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
2594 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>& lsym);
2597 global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_arm* target,
2598 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2599 unsigned int data_shndx,
2600 Output_section* output_section,
2601 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
2605 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* , Layout* , Target_arm* ,
2606 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* ,
2609 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& ,
2611 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>&);
2614 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* , Layout* , Target_arm* ,
2615 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* ,
2618 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& ,
2619 unsigned int , Symbol*);
2623 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*,
2624 unsigned int r_type);
2627 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*,
2628 unsigned int r_type, Symbol*);
2631 check_non_pic(Relobj*, unsigned int r_type);
2633 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2634 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2636 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol* sym)
2638 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2639 if (sym->is_undefined() && !parameters->options().shared())
2642 return (!parameters->doing_static_link()
2643 && (sym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2644 || sym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
2645 && (sym->is_from_dynobj()
2646 || sym->is_undefined()
2647 || sym->is_preemptible()));
2651 possible_function_pointer_reloc(unsigned int r_type);
2653 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2654 bool issued_non_pic_error_;
2657 // The class which implements relocation.
2667 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2669 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
2670 unsigned int r_type,
2672 Output_section* output_section);
2674 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2675 // any warnings about this relocation.
2677 relocate(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, Target_arm*,
2678 Output_section*, size_t relnum,
2679 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&,
2680 unsigned int r_type, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
2681 const Symbol_value<32>*,
2682 unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2685 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2686 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2689 reloc_is_non_pic(unsigned int r_type)
2693 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
2695 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
2696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
2697 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12:
2698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS:
2699 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
2700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
2701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
2702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP:
2704 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
2706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
2707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
2708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
2709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
2710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
2711 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
2712 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
2713 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
2722 // Do a TLS relocation.
2723 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
2724 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, Target_arm<big_endian>*,
2725 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&, unsigned int,
2726 const Sized_symbol<32>*, const Symbol_value<32>*,
2727 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr,
2732 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2733 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2734 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2738 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj*);
2741 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2742 // is a local symbol.
2743 static tls::Tls_optimization
2744 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final, int r_type);
2746 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2747 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>*
2748 got_section(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
2750 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2752 got_plt_section() const
2754 gold_assert(this->got_plt_ != NULL);
2755 return this->got_plt_;
2758 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2760 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol*);
2762 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2764 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
2766 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2768 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
2769 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object);
2771 // Get the PLT section.
2772 const Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>*
2775 gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL);
2779 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2781 rel_dyn_section(Layout*);
2783 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2785 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout*) const;
2787 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2788 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2789 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2791 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol* gsym)
2793 return (gsym->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2794 && gsym->may_need_copy_reloc());
2797 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2799 copy_reloc(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
2800 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2801 unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section,
2802 Symbol* sym, const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc)
2804 this->copy_relocs_.copy_reloc(symtab, layout,
2805 symtab->get_sized_symbol<32>(sym),
2806 object, shndx, output_section, reloc,
2807 this->rel_dyn_section(layout));
2810 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2812 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2);
2814 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2815 // header of the output.
2817 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string&, elfcpp::Elf_Word);
2819 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2821 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data*);
2823 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2825 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data*, int);
2828 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2830 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2832 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2834 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2836 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2838 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2840 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data*);
2842 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2844 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag) const
2846 Attributes_section_data* pasd = this->attributes_section_data_;
2847 gold_assert(pasd != NULL);
2848 Object_attribute* attr =
2849 pasd->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC, tag);
2850 gold_assert(attr != NULL);
2855 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2858 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2860 group_sections(Layout*, section_size_type, bool, const Task*);
2862 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2864 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2865 const Sized_symbol<32>*, unsigned int,
2866 const Symbol_value<32>*,
2867 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword, Arm_address);
2869 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2870 template<int sh_type>
2872 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2873 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
2874 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2876 Output_section* output_section,
2877 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2878 const unsigned char* view,
2879 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr view_address,
2882 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2884 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout*, const Input_objects*,
2885 Arm_output_section<big_endian>*, Symbol_table*,
2888 // Functors for STL set.
2889 struct output_section_address_less_than
2892 operator()(const Output_section* s1, const Output_section* s2) const
2893 { return s1->address() < s2->address(); }
2896 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2897 // general Target structure.
2898 static const Target::Target_info arm_info;
2900 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2901 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
2902 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
2903 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
2906 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD = 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2907 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET = 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2908 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET = 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2909 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR = 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2910 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC = 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2913 typedef typename std::vector<Stub_table<big_endian>*> Stub_table_list;
2915 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2916 typedef Unordered_map<Section_id,
2917 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*,
2919 Arm_input_section_map;
2921 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2922 typedef Unordered_map<Arm_address, const Cortex_a8_reloc*>
2923 Cortex_a8_relocs_info;
2926 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got_;
2928 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>* plt_;
2929 // The GOT PLT section.
2930 Output_data_space* got_plt_;
2931 // The dynamic reloc section.
2932 Reloc_section* rel_dyn_;
2933 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2934 Copy_relocs<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian> copy_relocs_;
2935 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2936 Output_data_space* dynbss_;
2937 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2938 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_;
2939 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2940 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_;
2941 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2942 Stub_table_list stub_tables_;
2944 const Stub_factory &stub_factory_;
2945 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2946 bool should_force_pic_veneer_;
2947 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2948 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_;
2949 // Attributes section data in output.
2950 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
2951 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2952 bool fix_cortex_a8_;
2953 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2954 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_;
2957 template<bool big_endian>
2958 const Target::Target_info Target_arm<big_endian>::arm_info =
2961 big_endian, // is_big_endian
2962 elfcpp::EM_ARM, // machine_code
2963 false, // has_make_symbol
2964 false, // has_resolve
2965 false, // has_code_fill
2966 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2967 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
2969 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2970 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2971 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2972 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2973 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx
2974 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // large_common_shndx
2975 0, // small_common_section_flags
2976 0, // large_common_section_flags
2977 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2978 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2981 // Arm relocate functions class
2984 template<bool big_endian>
2985 class Arm_relocate_functions : public Relocate_functions<32, big_endian>
2990 STATUS_OKAY, // No error during relocation.
2991 STATUS_OVERFLOW, // Relocation overflow.
2992 STATUS_BAD_RELOC // Relocation cannot be applied.
2996 typedef Relocate_functions<32, big_endian> Base;
2997 typedef Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> This;
2999 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
3002 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
3004 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3005 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
3006 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
3007 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
3009 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
3010 // instruction encoding described above.
3011 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3012 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
3013 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val)
3015 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
3016 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
3017 return utils::sign_extend<16>(((val >> 4) & 0xf000) | (val & 0xfff));
3020 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
3022 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3023 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
3024 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val,
3025 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype x)
3029 val |= (x & 0xf000) << 4;
3033 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
3036 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
3038 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3039 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3040 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
3041 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3043 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
3044 // instruction encoding described above.
3045 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3046 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
3047 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val)
3049 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
3050 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
3051 return utils::sign_extend<16>(((val >> 4) & 0xf000)
3052 | ((val >> 15) & 0x0800)
3053 | ((val >> 4) & 0x0700)
3057 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
3059 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3060 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
3061 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val,
3062 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype x)
3065 val |= (x & 0xf000) << 4;
3066 val |= (x & 0x0800) << 15;
3067 val |= (x & 0x0700) << 4;
3068 val |= (x & 0x00ff);
3072 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
3073 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3075 calc_grp_kn(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual)
3081 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
3082 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
3083 for (msb = 30; (msb >= 0) && !(residual & (3 << msb)); msb -= 2)
3085 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
3087 return (((msb - 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb - 6));
3090 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
3091 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
3092 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
3093 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3094 static typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3095 calc_grp_residual(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual,
3098 for (int n = 0; n <= group; n++)
3100 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3101 uint32_t shift = calc_grp_kn(residual);
3102 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3103 residual &= ~(residual & (0xff << shift));
3109 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
3110 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3111 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3112 static typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3113 calc_grp_gn(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual,
3116 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype gn = 0;
3119 for (int n = 0; n <= group; n++)
3121 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3122 shift = calc_grp_kn(residual);
3123 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
3124 gn = residual & (0xff << shift);
3125 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3128 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3129 return ((gn >> shift) | ((gn <= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift) / 2) << 8));
3133 // Handle ARM long branches.
3134 static typename This::Status
3135 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
3136 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
3137 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
3138 const Symbol_value<32>*, Arm_address, Arm_address, bool);
3140 // Handle THUMB long branches.
3141 static typename This::Status
3142 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
3143 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
3144 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
3145 const Symbol_value<32>*, Arm_address, Arm_address, bool);
3148 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
3149 static inline int32_t
3150 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn, uint16_t lower_insn)
3152 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
3153 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
3154 uint32_t s = (upper_insn & (1U << 10)) >> 10;
3155 uint32_t upper = upper_insn & 0x3ffU;
3156 uint32_t lower = lower_insn & 0x7ffU;
3157 uint32_t j1 = (lower_insn & (1U << 13)) >> 13;
3158 uint32_t j2 = (lower_insn & (1U << 11)) >> 11;
3159 uint32_t i1 = j1 ^ s ? 0 : 1;
3160 uint32_t i2 = j2 ^ s ? 0 : 1;
3162 return utils::sign_extend<25>((s << 24) | (i1 << 23) | (i2 << 22)
3163 | (upper << 12) | (lower << 1));
3166 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
3167 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
3168 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3169 static inline uint16_t
3170 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn, int32_t offset)
3172 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
3173 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
3174 return (upper_insn & ~0x7ffU) | ((bits >> 12) & 0x3ffU) | (s << 10);
3177 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
3178 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
3179 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3180 static inline uint16_t
3181 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn, int32_t offset)
3183 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
3184 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
3185 return ((lower_insn & ~0x2fffU)
3186 | ((((bits >> 23) & 1) ^ !s) << 13)
3187 | ((((bits >> 22) & 1) ^ !s) << 11)
3188 | ((bits >> 1) & 0x7ffU));
3191 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
3192 static inline int32_t
3193 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn, uint16_t lower_insn)
3195 uint32_t s = (upper_insn & 0x0400U) >> 10;
3196 uint32_t j1 = (lower_insn & 0x2000U) >> 13;
3197 uint32_t j2 = (lower_insn & 0x0800U) >> 11;
3198 uint32_t lower = (lower_insn & 0x07ffU);
3199 uint32_t upper = (s << 8) | (j2 << 7) | (j1 << 6) | (upper_insn & 0x003fU);
3201 return utils::sign_extend<21>((upper << 12) | (lower << 1));
3204 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
3205 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
3206 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3207 static inline uint16_t
3208 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn, int32_t offset)
3210 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
3211 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
3212 return (upper_insn & 0xfbc0U) | (s << 10) | ((bits & 0x0003f000U) >> 12);
3215 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
3216 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
3217 // The caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3218 static inline uint16_t
3219 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn, int32_t offset)
3221 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
3222 uint32_t j2 = (bits & 0x00080000U) >> 19;
3223 uint32_t j1 = (bits & 0x00040000U) >> 18;
3224 uint32_t lo = (bits & 0x00000ffeU) >> 1;
3226 return (lower_insn & 0xd000U) | (j1 << 13) | (j2 << 11) | lo;
3229 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
3230 static inline typename This::Status
3231 abs8(unsigned char* view,
3232 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3233 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3235 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3236 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3237 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3238 int32_t addend = utils::sign_extend<8>(val);
3239 Arm_address x = psymval->value(object, addend);
3240 val = utils::bit_select(val, x, 0xffU);
3241 elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3243 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
3244 int signed_x = static_cast<int32_t>(x);
3245 return ((signed_x < -128 || signed_x > 255)
3246 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3247 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3250 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3251 static inline typename This::Status
3252 thm_abs5(unsigned char* view,
3253 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3254 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3256 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3257 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3258 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3259 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3260 Reltype addend = (val & 0x7e0U) >> 6;
3261 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend);
3262 val = utils::bit_select(val, x << 6, 0x7e0U);
3263 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3265 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3266 int signed_x = static_cast<int32_t>(x);
3267 return ((signed_x < -32768 || signed_x > 65535)
3268 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3269 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3272 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3273 static inline typename This::Status
3274 abs12(unsigned char* view,
3275 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3276 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3278 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3279 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3280 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3281 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3282 Reltype addend = val & 0x0fffU;
3283 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend);
3284 val = utils::bit_select(val, x, 0x0fffU);
3285 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3286 return (utils::has_overflow<12>(x)
3287 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3288 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3291 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3292 static inline typename This::Status
3293 abs16(unsigned char* view,
3294 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3295 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3297 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3298 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3299 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<16, big_endian>::readval(view);
3300 int32_t addend = utils::sign_extend<16>(val);
3301 Arm_address x = psymval->value(object, addend);
3302 val = utils::bit_select(val, x, 0xffffU);
3303 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<16, big_endian>::writeval(view, val);
3305 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3306 int signed_x = static_cast<int32_t>(x);
3307 return ((signed_x < -32768 || signed_x > 65536)
3308 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3309 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3312 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3313 static inline typename This::Status
3314 abs32(unsigned char* view,
3315 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3316 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3317 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3319 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3320 Valtype addend = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
3321 Valtype x = psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit;
3322 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(view, x);
3323 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3326 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3327 static inline typename This::Status
3328 rel32(unsigned char* view,
3329 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3330 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3331 Arm_address address,
3332 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3334 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3335 Valtype addend = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
3336 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3337 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(view, x);
3338 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3341 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3342 static typename This::Status
3343 thm_jump19(unsigned char* view, const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3344 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval, Arm_address address,
3345 Arm_address thumb_bit);
3347 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3348 static inline typename This::Status
3349 thm_jump6(unsigned char* view,
3350 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3351 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3352 Arm_address address)
3354 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3355 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3356 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3357 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3358 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3359 Reltype addend = (((val & 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val & 0x00f8) >> 2));
3360 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3361 val = (val & 0xfd07) | ((x & 0x0040) << 3) | ((val & 0x003e) << 2);
3362 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3363 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3364 return ((x > 0x007e)
3365 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3366 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3369 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3370 static inline typename This::Status
3371 thm_jump8(unsigned char* view,
3372 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3373 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3374 Arm_address address)
3376 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3377 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3378 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3379 int32_t addend = utils::sign_extend<8>((val & 0x00ff) << 1);
3380 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3381 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, ((val & 0xff00)
3382 | ((x & 0x01fe) >> 1)));
3383 // We do a 9-bit overflow check because x is right-shifted by 1 bit.
3384 return (utils::has_overflow<9>(x)
3385 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3386 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3389 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3390 static inline typename This::Status
3391 thm_jump11(unsigned char* view,
3392 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3393 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3394 Arm_address address)
3396 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3397 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3398 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3399 int32_t addend = utils::sign_extend<11>((val & 0x07ff) << 1);
3400 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3401 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, ((val & 0xf800)
3402 | ((x & 0x0ffe) >> 1)));
3403 // We do a 12-bit overflow check because x is right-shifted by 1 bit.
3404 return (utils::has_overflow<12>(x)
3405 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3406 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3409 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3410 static inline typename This::Status
3411 base_prel(unsigned char* view,
3413 Arm_address address)
3415 Base::rel32(view, origin - address);
3419 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3420 static inline typename This::Status
3421 base_abs(unsigned char* view,
3424 Base::rel32(view, origin);
3428 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3429 static inline typename This::Status
3430 got_brel(unsigned char* view,
3431 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype got_offset)
3433 Base::rel32(view, got_offset);
3434 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3437 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3438 static inline typename This::Status
3439 got_prel(unsigned char* view,
3440 Arm_address got_entry,
3441 Arm_address address)
3443 Base::rel32(view, got_entry - address);
3444 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3447 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3448 static inline typename This::Status
3449 prel31(unsigned char* view,
3450 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3451 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3452 Arm_address address,
3453 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3455 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3456 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
3457 Valtype addend = utils::sign_extend<31>(val);
3458 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3459 val = utils::bit_select(val, x, 0x7fffffffU);
3460 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(view, val);
3461 return (utils::has_overflow<31>(x) ?
3462 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3465 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3466 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3467 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3468 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3469 static inline typename This::Status
3470 movw(unsigned char* view,
3471 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3472 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3473 Arm_address relative_address_base,
3474 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3475 bool check_overflow)
3477 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3478 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3479 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3480 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3481 Valtype x = ((psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit)
3482 - relative_address_base);
3483 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3484 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3485 return ((check_overflow && utils::has_overflow<16>(x))
3486 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3487 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3490 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3491 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3492 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3493 static inline typename This::Status
3494 movt(unsigned char* view,
3495 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3496 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3497 Arm_address relative_address_base)
3499 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3500 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3501 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3502 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3503 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - relative_address_base) >> 16;
3504 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3505 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3506 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3507 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3510 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3511 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3512 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3513 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3514 static inline typename This::Status
3515 thm_movw(unsigned char* view,
3516 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3517 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3518 Arm_address relative_address_base,
3519 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3520 bool check_overflow)
3522 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3523 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3524 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3525 Reltype val = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3526 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3527 Reltype addend = This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3529 (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - relative_address_base;
3530 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3531 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3532 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3533 return ((check_overflow && utils::has_overflow<16>(x))
3534 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3535 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3538 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3539 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3540 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3541 static inline typename This::Status
3542 thm_movt(unsigned char* view,
3543 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3544 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3545 Arm_address relative_address_base)
3547 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3548 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3549 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3550 Reltype val = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3551 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3552 Reltype addend = This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3553 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - relative_address_base) >> 16;
3554 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3555 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3556 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3557 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3560 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3561 static inline typename This::Status
3562 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view,
3563 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3564 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3565 Arm_address address,
3566 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3568 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3569 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3570 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3571 Reltype insn = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3572 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3574 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3575 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3576 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3577 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3578 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3579 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3580 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3581 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3583 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3584 const int sign = ((insn & 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3585 || (insn & 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3586 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3587 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3588 int32_t addend = (insn & 0xff)
3589 | ((insn & 0x00007000) >> 4)
3590 | ((insn & 0x04000000) >> 15);
3591 // Apply a sign to the added.
3594 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit)
3595 - (address & 0xfffffffc);
3596 Reltype val = abs(x);
3597 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3598 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3599 insn = (insn & 0xfb0f8f00)
3601 | ((val & 0x700) << 4)
3602 | ((val & 0x800) << 15);
3603 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3604 // place is negative.
3608 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn >> 16);
3609 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, insn & 0xffff);
3610 return ((val > 0xfff) ?
3611 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3614 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3615 static inline typename This::Status
3616 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view,
3617 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3618 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3619 Arm_address address)
3621 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3622 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3623 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3624 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3625 Reltype addend = ((insn & 0x00ff) << 2);
3626 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - (address & 0xfffffffc));
3627 Reltype val = abs(x);
3628 insn = (insn & 0xff00) | ((val & 0x03fc) >> 2);
3630 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3631 return ((val > 0x03fc)
3632 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3633 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3636 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3637 static inline typename This::Status
3638 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view,
3639 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3640 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3641 Arm_address address)
3643 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3644 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3645 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3646 Reltype insn = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3647 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3648 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3649 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3650 int32_t addend = (insn & 0xfff);
3651 // Apply a sign to the added.
3654 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - (address & 0xfffffffc));
3655 Reltype val = abs(x);
3656 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3657 insn = (insn & 0xff7ff000) | (val & 0xfff);
3658 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3659 // place is positive.
3663 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn >> 16);
3664 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, insn & 0xffff);
3665 return ((val > 0xfff) ?
3666 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3670 static inline typename This::Status
3671 v4bx(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3672 unsigned char* view,
3673 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3674 const Arm_address address,
3675 const bool is_interworking)
3678 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3679 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3680 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3682 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3683 gold_assert((val & 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3684 const uint32_t reg = (val & 0xf);
3685 if (is_interworking && reg != 0xf)
3687 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
3688 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
3689 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
3691 Arm_v4bx_stub* stub = stub_table->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg);
3692 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
3694 int32_t veneer_address =
3695 stub_table->address() + stub->offset() - 8 - address;
3696 gold_assert((veneer_address <= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
3697 && (veneer_address >= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET));
3698 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3699 val = (val & 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3700 | ((veneer_address >> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3704 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3705 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3706 val = (val & 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3708 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3709 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3712 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3713 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3714 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3715 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3716 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3717 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3718 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3719 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3720 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3721 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3722 static inline typename This::Status
3723 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view,
3724 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3725 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3727 Arm_address address,
3728 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3729 bool check_overflow)
3731 gold_assert(group >= 0 && group < 3);
3732 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3733 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3734 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3736 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3737 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3738 const Valtype opcode = insn & 0x01e00000;
3739 if (opcode != 0x00800000 && opcode != 0x00400000)
3740 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3742 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3743 const int sign = (opcode == 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3744 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3745 const uint32_t shifter = (insn & 0xf00) >> 7;
3746 // Initial addend value.
3747 int32_t addend = insn & 0xff;
3748 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3749 addend = (addend >> shifter) | (addend << (32 - shifter));
3750 // Apply a sign to the added.
3753 int32_t x = ((psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address);
3754 Valtype gn = Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x), group);
3755 // Check for overflow if required
3757 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group) != 0))
3758 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3760 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3761 // not to destroy the S bit.
3763 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3764 // place is negative.
3765 insn |= ((x < 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3766 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3769 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3770 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3773 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3774 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3775 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3776 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3777 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3778 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3779 static inline typename This::Status
3780 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view,
3781 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3782 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3784 Arm_address address)
3786 gold_assert(group >= 0 && group < 3);
3787 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3788 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3789 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3791 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3792 int32_t addend = (insn & 0xfff) * sign;
3793 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3794 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3796 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3797 if (residual >= 0x1000)
3798 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3800 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3802 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3807 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3808 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3811 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3812 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3813 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3814 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3815 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3816 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3817 static inline typename This::Status
3818 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view,
3819 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3820 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3822 Arm_address address)
3824 gold_assert(group >= 0 && group < 3);
3825 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3826 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3827 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3829 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3830 int32_t addend = (((insn & 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn & 0xf)) * sign;
3831 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3832 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3834 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3835 if (residual >= 0x100)
3836 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3838 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3840 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3843 insn |= ((residual & 0xf0) << 4) | (residual & 0xf);
3845 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3846 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3849 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3850 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3851 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3852 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3853 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3854 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3855 static inline typename This::Status
3856 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view,
3857 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3858 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3860 Arm_address address)
3862 gold_assert(group >= 0 && group < 3);
3863 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3864 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3865 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3867 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3868 int32_t addend = ((insn & 0xff) << 2) * sign;
3869 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3870 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3872 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3873 if ((residual & 0x3) != 0 || residual >= 0x400)
3874 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3876 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3878 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3881 insn |= (residual >> 2);
3883 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3884 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3888 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3889 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3890 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3891 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3892 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3894 template<bool big_endian>
3895 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
3896 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::arm_branch_common(
3897 unsigned int r_type,
3898 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3899 unsigned char* view,
3900 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3901 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3903 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3904 Arm_address address,
3905 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3906 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3908 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3909 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3910 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3912 bool insn_is_b = (((val >> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3913 && ((val & 0x0f000000UL) == 0x0a000000UL);
3914 bool insn_is_uncond_bl = (val & 0xff000000UL) == 0xeb000000UL;
3915 bool insn_is_cond_bl = (((val >> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3916 && ((val & 0x0f000000UL) == 0x0b000000UL);
3917 bool insn_is_blx = (val & 0xfe000000UL) == 0xfa000000UL;
3918 bool insn_is_any_branch = (val & 0x0e000000UL) == 0x0a000000UL;
3920 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3921 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL)
3923 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl && !insn_is_blx)
3924 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3926 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
3928 if (!insn_is_b && !insn_is_cond_bl)
3929 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3931 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
3933 if (!insn_is_any_branch)
3934 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3936 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25)
3938 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3939 // than it being obsolete.
3940 if (!insn_is_any_branch)
3941 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3946 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3947 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3948 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3949 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3950 // on the architecture.
3951 const Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
3952 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
3953 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3955 gold_assert(!parameters->options().relocatable());
3956 Valtype cond = val & 0xf0000000U;
3957 if (arm_target->may_use_arm_nop())
3958 val = cond | 0x0320f000;
3960 val = cond | 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3961 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3962 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3965 Valtype addend = utils::sign_extend<26>(val << 2);
3966 Valtype branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
3967 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3969 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3971 bool may_use_blx = arm_target->may_use_v5t_interworking();
3972 Reloc_stub* stub = NULL;
3974 if (!parameters->options().relocatable()
3975 && (utils::has_overflow<26>(branch_offset)
3976 || ((thumb_bit != 0)
3977 && !(may_use_blx && r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL))))
3979 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target = psymval->value(object, 0);
3981 Stub_type stub_type =
3982 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address,
3983 unadjusted_branch_target,
3985 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
3987 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
3988 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
3989 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
3991 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, object, r_sym, addend);
3992 stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
3993 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
3994 thumb_bit = stub->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3995 branch_target = stub_table->address() + stub->offset() + addend;
3996 branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3997 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow<26>(branch_offset));
4001 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4002 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4006 gold_assert(may_use_blx && r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL);
4007 val = (val & 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset & 2) << 23);
4010 val = utils::bit_select(val, (branch_offset >> 2), 0xffffffUL);
4011 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4012 return (utils::has_overflow<26>(branch_offset)
4013 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4016 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
4017 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
4018 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4019 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4020 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4022 template<bool big_endian>
4023 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
4024 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thumb_branch_common(
4025 unsigned int r_type,
4026 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
4027 unsigned char* view,
4028 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
4029 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
4031 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
4032 Arm_address address,
4033 Arm_address thumb_bit,
4034 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
4036 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
4037 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
4038 uint32_t upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4039 uint32_t lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
4041 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
4043 bool is_bl_insn = (lower_insn & 0x1000U) == 0x1000U;
4044 bool is_blx_insn = (lower_insn & 0x1000U) == 0x0000U;
4046 // Check that the instruction is valid.
4047 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL)
4049 if (!is_bl_insn && !is_blx_insn)
4050 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4052 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
4054 // This cannot be a BLX.
4056 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4058 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
4060 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
4062 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4065 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
4066 "thumb function '%s'."),
4067 object->name().c_str(),
4068 (gsym ? gsym->name() : "(local)"));
4069 // Convert BLX to BL.
4070 lower_insn |= 0x1000U;
4076 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
4077 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
4078 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
4079 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
4080 const Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
4081 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
4082 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
4084 gold_assert(!parameters->options().relocatable());
4085 if (arm_target->may_use_thumb2_nop())
4087 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, 0xf3af);
4088 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, 0x8000);
4092 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, 0xe000);
4093 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, 0xbf00);
4095 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4098 int32_t addend = This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
4099 Arm_address branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
4101 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
4102 bool may_use_blx = arm_target->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4103 if (thumb_bit == 0 && may_use_blx)
4104 branch_target = utils::bit_select(branch_target, address, 0x2);
4106 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
4108 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
4110 bool thumb2 = arm_target->using_thumb2();
4111 if (!parameters->options().relocatable()
4112 && ((!thumb2 && utils::has_overflow<23>(branch_offset))
4113 || (thumb2 && utils::has_overflow<25>(branch_offset))
4114 || ((thumb_bit == 0)
4115 && (((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
4116 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))))
4118 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target = psymval->value(object, 0);
4120 Stub_type stub_type =
4121 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address,
4122 unadjusted_branch_target,
4125 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
4127 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
4128 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
4129 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
4131 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, object, r_sym, addend);
4132 Reloc_stub* stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
4133 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
4134 thumb_bit = stub->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
4135 branch_target = stub_table->address() + stub->offset() + addend;
4136 if (thumb_bit == 0 && may_use_blx)
4137 branch_target = utils::bit_select(branch_target, address, 0x2);
4138 branch_offset = branch_target - address;
4142 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4143 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4146 gold_assert(may_use_blx
4147 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
4148 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22));
4149 // Make sure this is a BLX.
4150 lower_insn &= ~0x1000U;
4154 // Make sure this is a BL.
4155 lower_insn |= 0x1000U;
4158 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
4159 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
4160 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
4161 // 1 of the base address.
4162 if ((lower_insn & 0x5000U) == 0x4000U)
4163 gold_assert((branch_offset & 3) == 0);
4165 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
4166 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
4167 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
4168 upper_insn = This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
4169 lower_insn = This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
4171 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
4172 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
4174 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow<25>(branch_offset));
4177 ? utils::has_overflow<25>(branch_offset)
4178 : utils::has_overflow<23>(branch_offset))
4179 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4180 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4183 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
4184 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4185 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4186 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4188 template<bool big_endian>
4189 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
4190 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump19(
4191 unsigned char* view,
4192 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
4193 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
4194 Arm_address address,
4195 Arm_address thumb_bit)
4197 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
4198 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
4199 uint32_t upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4200 uint32_t lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
4201 int32_t addend = This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
4203 Arm_address branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
4204 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
4206 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
4207 // use this for tail calls.
4208 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
4211 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
4212 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4215 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
4216 upper_insn = This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
4217 lower_insn = This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
4219 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
4220 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
4221 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
4223 return (utils::has_overflow<21>(branch_offset)
4224 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4225 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4228 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
4230 template<bool big_endian>
4231 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>*
4232 Target_arm<big_endian>::got_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout)
4234 if (this->got_ == NULL)
4236 gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL);
4238 this->got_ = new Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>(symtab, layout);
4240 layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
4241 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
4242 this->got_, ORDER_DATA, false);
4244 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
4245 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
4246 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
4248 this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
4249 layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
4250 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
4251 this->got_plt_, ORDER_DATA, false);
4253 // The first three entries are reserved.
4254 this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4256 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4257 symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL,
4258 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
4260 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
4262 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
4268 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4270 template<bool big_endian>
4271 typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Reloc_section*
4272 Target_arm<big_endian>::rel_dyn_section(Layout* layout)
4274 if (this->rel_dyn_ == NULL)
4276 gold_assert(layout != NULL);
4277 this->rel_dyn_ = new Reloc_section(parameters->options().combreloc());
4278 layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL,
4279 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_dyn_,
4280 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS, false);
4282 return this->rel_dyn_;
4285 // Insn_template methods.
4287 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4290 Insn_template::size() const
4292 switch (this->type())
4295 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4306 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4309 Insn_template::alignment() const
4311 switch (this->type())
4314 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4325 // Stub_template methods.
4327 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4328 Stub_type type, const Insn_template* insns,
4330 : type_(type), insns_(insns), insn_count_(insn_count), alignment_(1),
4331 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4335 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4336 for (size_t i = 0; i < insn_count; i++)
4338 unsigned insn_alignment = insns[i].alignment();
4339 size_t insn_size = insns[i].size();
4340 gold_assert((offset & (insn_alignment - 1)) == 0);
4341 this->alignment_ = std::max(this->alignment_, insn_alignment);
4342 switch (insns[i].type())
4344 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE:
4345 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4347 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_ = true;
4350 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE:
4351 if (insns[i].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE)
4352 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
4354 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_ = true;
4357 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE:
4358 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4360 if (insns[i].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
4361 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
4364 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE:
4365 // Entry point cannot be data.
4366 gold_assert(i != 0);
4367 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
4373 offset += insn_size;
4375 this->size_ = offset;
4380 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianness.
4382 template<bool big_endian>
4384 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size)
4386 const Stub_template* stub_template = this->stub_template();
4387 const Insn_template* insns = stub_template->insns();
4389 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4390 unsigned char* pov = view;
4391 for (size_t i = 0; i < stub_template->insn_count(); i++)
4393 switch (insns[i].type())
4395 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE:
4396 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, insns[i].data() & 0xffff);
4398 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4399 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(
4401 this->thumb16_special(i));
4403 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE:
4405 uint32_t hi = (insns[i].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4406 uint32_t lo = insns[i].data() & 0xffff;
4407 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, hi);
4408 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lo);
4411 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE:
4412 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE:
4413 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, insns[i].data());
4418 pov += insns[i].size();
4420 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - view) == view_size);
4423 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4425 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4428 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4430 if (this->r_sym_ == invalid_index)
4432 // Global symbol key name
4433 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4434 const std::string sym_name = this->u_.symbol->name();
4435 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4436 // to the symbol name size.
4437 size_t len = sym_name.size() + 100;
4438 char* buffer = new char[len];
4439 int c = snprintf(buffer, len, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_,
4440 sym_name.c_str(), this->addend_);
4441 gold_assert(c > 0 && c < static_cast<int>(len));
4443 return std::string(buffer);
4447 // local symbol key name
4448 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4449 const size_t len = 200;
4451 int c = snprintf(buffer, len, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_,
4452 this->u_.relobj, this->r_sym_, this->addend_);
4453 gold_assert(c > 0 && c < static_cast<int>(len));
4454 return std::string(buffer);
4458 // Reloc_stub methods.
4460 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4461 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4462 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4463 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a little to keep the Stub
4467 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4468 unsigned int r_type,
4469 Arm_address location,
4470 Arm_address destination,
4471 bool target_is_thumb)
4473 Stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
4475 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4476 // big and little endianities.
4478 bool should_force_pic_veneer;
4481 if (parameters->target().is_big_endian())
4483 const Target_arm<true>* big_endian_target =
4484 Target_arm<true>::default_target();
4485 may_use_blx = big_endian_target->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4486 should_force_pic_veneer = big_endian_target->should_force_pic_veneer();
4487 thumb2 = big_endian_target->using_thumb2();
4488 thumb_only = big_endian_target->using_thumb_only();
4492 const Target_arm<false>* little_endian_target =
4493 Target_arm<false>::default_target();
4494 may_use_blx = little_endian_target->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4495 should_force_pic_veneer = little_endian_target->should_force_pic_veneer();
4496 thumb2 = little_endian_target->using_thumb2();
4497 thumb_only = little_endian_target->using_thumb_only();
4500 int64_t branch_offset;
4501 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
4503 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4504 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4505 if ((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL) && may_use_blx && !target_is_thumb)
4506 destination = utils::bit_select(destination, location, 0x2);
4507 branch_offset = static_cast<int64_t>(destination) - location;
4509 // Handle cases where:
4510 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4512 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4513 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4515 && (branch_offset > THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4516 || (branch_offset < THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
4518 && (branch_offset > THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4519 || (branch_offset < THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
4520 || ((!target_is_thumb)
4521 && (((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
4522 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))))
4524 if (target_is_thumb)
4529 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4530 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4533 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4534 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4535 // we must be able to switch mode before
4536 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4537 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4538 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4539 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4540 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic)
4544 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4545 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4546 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb); // V4T.
4550 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4551 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4552 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic // PIC stub.
4553 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only; // non-PIC stub.
4560 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4561 // object that has interwork enabled.
4563 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4564 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4567 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4568 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic // V5T and above.
4569 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) // V4T.
4573 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4574 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4575 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm); // V4T.
4577 // Handle v4t short branches.
4578 if ((stub_type == arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm)
4579 && (branch_offset <= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
4580 && (branch_offset >= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET))
4581 stub_type = arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm;
4585 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4586 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4587 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
4589 branch_offset = static_cast<int64_t>(destination) - location;
4590 if (target_is_thumb)
4594 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4595 // object that has interwork enabled.
4597 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4598 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4599 if (branch_offset > (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET + 2)
4600 || (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
4601 || ((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
4602 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
4603 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32))
4605 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4606 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4609 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic// V5T and above.
4610 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) // V4T stub.
4614 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4615 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb); // V4T.
4621 if (branch_offset > ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4622 || (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET))
4624 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4625 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4626 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic // PIC stubs.
4627 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any; /// non-PIC.
4635 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4637 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4638 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4641 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i)
4643 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4644 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4646 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4648 uint16_t data = this->stub_template()->insns()[i].data();
4649 gold_assert((data & 0xff00U) == 0xd000U);
4650 data |= ((this->original_insn_ >> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4654 // Stub_factory methods.
4656 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4658 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4659 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4661 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4662 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4663 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any[] =
4665 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4666 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4667 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4670 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4672 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb[] =
4674 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4675 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4676 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4677 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4680 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4681 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only[] =
4683 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4684 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4685 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4686 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4687 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4688 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4689 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4690 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4693 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4695 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb[] =
4697 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4698 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4699 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4700 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4701 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4702 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4705 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4707 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm[] =
4709 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4710 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4711 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4712 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4713 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4716 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4717 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4718 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm[] =
4720 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4721 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4722 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4725 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4726 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4727 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic[] =
4729 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4730 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4731 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, -4),
4732 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4735 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4736 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4737 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4739 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic[] =
4741 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4742 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4743 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4744 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4745 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4748 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4749 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic[] =
4751 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4752 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4753 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4754 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4755 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4758 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4759 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic[] =
4761 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4762 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4763 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4764 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4765 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, -4),
4766 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4769 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4771 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic[] =
4773 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4774 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4775 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4776 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4777 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4778 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4779 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 4),
4780 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4783 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4785 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic[] =
4787 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4788 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4789 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4790 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4791 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4792 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4793 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4796 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4798 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4799 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4806 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond[] =
4808 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4809 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4810 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4814 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4816 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b[] =
4818 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4821 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl[] =
4823 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4826 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4827 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4828 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4829 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx[] =
4831 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4834 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4835 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4836 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx[] =
4838 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4839 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4840 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4843 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4844 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4845 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4847 this->stub_templates_[arm_stub_none] =
4848 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none, NULL, 0);
4850 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4854 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4855 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4856 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4857 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4865 // Stub_table methods.
4867 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stub.
4869 template<bool big_endian>
4871 Stub_table<big_endian>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4873 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4874 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4877 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.clear();
4880 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4882 template<bool big_endian>
4884 Stub_table<big_endian>::relocate_stub(
4886 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
4887 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
4888 Output_section* output_section,
4889 unsigned char* view,
4890 Arm_address address,
4891 section_size_type view_size)
4893 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
4894 if (stub_template->reloc_count() != 0)
4896 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4897 section_size_type offset = stub->offset();
4898 section_size_type stub_size = stub_template->size();
4899 gold_assert(offset + stub_size <= view_size);
4901 arm_target->relocate_stub(stub, relinfo, output_section, view + offset,
4902 address + offset, stub_size);
4906 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4908 template<bool big_endian>
4910 Stub_table<big_endian>::relocate_stubs(
4911 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
4912 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
4913 Output_section* output_section,
4914 unsigned char* view,
4915 Arm_address address,
4916 section_size_type view_size)
4918 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4920 gold_assert(address == this->address()
4922 == static_cast<section_size_type>(this->data_size())));
4924 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4925 for (typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.begin();
4926 p != this->reloc_stubs_.end();
4928 this->relocate_stub(p->second, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4929 address, view_size);
4931 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4932 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4933 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4935 this->relocate_stub(p->second, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4936 address, view_size);
4938 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4939 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4940 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4944 this->relocate_stub(*p, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4945 address, view_size);
4949 // Write out the stubs to file.
4951 template<bool big_endian>
4953 Stub_table<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
4955 off_t offset = this->offset();
4956 const section_size_type oview_size =
4957 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4958 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
4960 // Write relocation stubs.
4961 for (typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.begin();
4962 p != this->reloc_stubs_.end();
4965 Reloc_stub* stub = p->second;
4966 Arm_address address = this->address() + stub->offset();
4968 == align_address(address,
4969 stub->stub_template()->alignment()));
4970 stub->write(oview + stub->offset(), stub->stub_template()->size(),
4974 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4975 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4976 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4979 Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
4980 Arm_address address = this->address() + stub->offset();
4982 == align_address(address,
4983 stub->stub_template()->alignment()));
4984 stub->write(oview + stub->offset(), stub->stub_template()->size(),
4988 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4989 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4990 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4996 Arm_address address = this->address() + (*p)->offset();
4998 == align_address(address,
4999 (*p)->stub_template()->alignment()));
5000 (*p)->write(oview + (*p)->offset(), (*p)->stub_template()->size(),
5004 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
5007 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
5008 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
5009 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
5011 template<bool big_endian>
5013 Stub_table<big_endian>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
5015 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
5016 off_t size = this->reloc_stubs_size_;
5017 unsigned addralign = this->reloc_stubs_addralign_;
5019 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
5020 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
5023 const Stub_template* stub_template = p->second->stub_template();
5024 addralign = std::max(addralign, stub_template->alignment());
5025 size = (align_address(size, stub_template->alignment())
5026 + stub_template->size());
5029 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
5030 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
5036 const Stub_template* stub_template = (*p)->stub_template();
5037 addralign = std::max(addralign, stub_template->alignment());
5038 size = (align_address(size, stub_template->alignment())
5039 + stub_template->size());
5042 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
5043 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
5044 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
5045 bool changed = size != this->prev_data_size_;
5046 this->prev_data_size_ = size;
5048 if (addralign != this->prev_addralign_)
5050 this->prev_addralign_ = addralign;
5055 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
5056 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
5058 template<bool big_endian>
5060 Stub_table<big_endian>::finalize_stubs()
5062 off_t off = this->reloc_stubs_size_;
5063 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
5064 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
5067 Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
5068 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
5069 uint64_t stub_addralign = stub_template->alignment();
5070 off = align_address(off, stub_addralign);
5071 stub->set_offset(off);
5072 off += stub_template->size();
5074 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
5075 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
5076 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5077 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(stub->relobj());
5078 arm_relobj->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub->shndx());
5081 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
5082 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
5088 const Stub_template* stub_template = (*p)->stub_template();
5089 uint64_t stub_addralign = stub_template->alignment();
5090 off = align_address(off, stub_addralign);
5091 (*p)->set_offset(off);
5092 off += stub_template->size();
5095 gold_assert(off <= this->prev_data_size_);
5098 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
5099 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
5100 // of the address range seen by the linker.
5102 template<bool big_endian>
5104 Stub_table<big_endian>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
5105 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
5106 unsigned char* view,
5107 Arm_address view_address,
5108 section_size_type view_size)
5110 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
5111 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p =
5112 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.lower_bound(view_address);
5113 ((p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end())
5114 && (p->first < (view_address + view_size)));
5117 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
5118 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
5119 Arm_address branch_address = p->first;
5120 const Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
5121 Arm_address stub_address = this->address() + stub->offset();
5123 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
5124 section_size_type offset =
5125 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address - view_address);
5126 gold_assert((offset + 4) <= view_size);
5128 arm_target->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub, stub_address,
5129 view + offset, branch_address);
5133 // Arm_input_section methods.
5135 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
5137 template<bool big_endian>
5139 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::init()
5141 Relobj* relobj = this->relobj();
5142 unsigned int shndx = this->shndx();
5144 // We have to cache original size, alignment and contents to avoid locking
5145 // the original file.
5146 this->original_addralign_ =
5147 convert_types<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj->section_addralign(shndx));
5149 // This is not efficient but we expect only a small number of relaxed
5150 // input sections for stubs.
5151 section_size_type section_size;
5152 const unsigned char* section_contents =
5153 relobj->section_contents(shndx, §ion_size, false);
5154 this->original_size_ =
5155 convert_types<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj->section_size(shndx));
5157 gold_assert(this->original_contents_ == NULL);
5158 this->original_contents_ = new unsigned char[section_size];
5159 memcpy(this->original_contents_, section_contents, section_size);
5161 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
5162 // output sections are finalized.
5163 Output_section* os = relobj->output_section(shndx);
5164 off_t offset = relobj->output_section_offset(shndx);
5165 gold_assert(os != NULL && !relobj->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx));
5166 this->set_address(os->address() + offset);
5167 this->set_file_offset(os->offset() + offset);
5169 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_);
5170 this->finalize_data_size();
5173 template<bool big_endian>
5175 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
5177 // We have to write out the original section content.
5178 gold_assert(this->original_contents_ != NULL);
5179 of->write(this->offset(), this->original_contents_,
5180 this->original_size_);
5182 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
5183 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_->empty())
5184 this->stub_table_->write(of);
5187 // Finalize data size.
5189 template<bool big_endian>
5191 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::set_final_data_size()
5193 off_t off = convert_types<off_t, uint64_t>(this->original_size_);
5195 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5197 this->stub_table_->finalize_data_size();
5198 off = align_address(off, this->stub_table_->addralign());
5199 off += this->stub_table_->data_size();
5201 this->set_data_size(off);
5204 // Reset address and file offset.
5206 template<bool big_endian>
5208 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
5210 // Size of the original input section contents.
5211 off_t off = convert_types<off_t, uint64_t>(this->original_size_);
5213 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
5214 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5216 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = this->stub_table_;
5218 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
5219 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
5220 stub_table_->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5221 off = align_address(off, stub_table_->addralign());
5222 off += stub_table->current_data_size();
5225 this->set_current_data_size(off);
5228 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
5230 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianness.
5232 template<bool big_endian>
5234 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file* of)
5236 off_t offset = this->offset();
5237 const section_size_type oview_size = 8;
5238 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
5240 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
5242 Output_section* os = this->relobj_->output_section(this->shndx_);
5243 gold_assert(os != NULL);
5245 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5246 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_);
5247 Arm_address output_offset =
5248 arm_relobj->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_);
5249 Arm_address section_start;
5250 section_size_type section_size;
5252 // Find out the end of the text section referred by this.
5253 if (output_offset != Arm_relobj<big_endian>::invalid_address)
5255 section_start = os->address() + output_offset;
5256 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5257 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_link(this->shndx_);
5258 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
5260 convert_to_section_size_type(exidx_input_section->text_size());
5264 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5265 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
5266 os->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_, this->shndx_);
5267 gold_assert(poris != NULL);
5268 section_start = poris->address();
5269 section_size = convert_to_section_size_type(poris->data_size());
5272 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5273 Arm_address output_address = section_start + section_size;
5275 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5276 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5277 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5278 uint32_t prel31_offset = output_address - this->address();
5279 if (utils::has_overflow<31>(offset))
5280 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5281 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(oview,
5282 prel31_offset & 0x7fffffffU);
5283 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(oview + 4,
5284 elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND);
5286 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
5289 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5291 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5292 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5293 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5294 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5295 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5297 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5298 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section,
5299 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map,
5300 uint32_t deleted_bytes)
5301 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section.relobj(),
5302 exidx_input_section.shndx(),
5303 exidx_input_section.addralign()),
5304 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section),
5305 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map)
5307 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5309 gold_assert(deleted_bytes != 0
5310 && deleted_bytes != this->exidx_input_section_.size());
5312 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5313 uint32_t size = exidx_input_section.size() - deleted_bytes;
5314 this->set_data_size(size);
5315 this->fix_data_size();
5317 // Allocate buffer for section contents and build contents.
5318 this->section_contents_ = new unsigned char[size];
5321 // Build the contents of a merged EXIDX output section.
5324 Arm_exidx_merged_section::build_contents(
5325 const unsigned char* original_contents,
5326 section_size_type original_size)
5328 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5330 section_offset_type in_start = 0;
5331 section_offset_type out_start = 0;
5332 section_offset_type in_max =
5333 convert_types<section_offset_type>(original_size);
5334 section_offset_type out_max =
5335 convert_types<section_offset_type>(this->data_size());
5336 for (Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p =
5337 this->section_offset_map_.begin();
5338 p != this->section_offset_map_.end();
5341 section_offset_type in_end = p->first;
5342 gold_assert(in_end >= in_start);
5343 section_offset_type out_end = p->second;
5344 size_t in_chunk_size = convert_types<size_t>(in_end - in_start + 1);
5347 size_t out_chunk_size =
5348 convert_types<size_t>(out_end - out_start + 1);
5350 gold_assert(out_chunk_size == in_chunk_size
5351 && in_end < in_max && out_end < out_max);
5353 memcpy(this->section_contents_ + out_start,
5354 original_contents + in_start,
5356 out_start += out_chunk_size;
5358 in_start += in_chunk_size;
5362 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5363 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5364 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5365 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5366 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5367 // this input offset is being discarded.
5370 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5371 const Relobj* relobj,
5373 section_offset_type offset,
5374 section_offset_type* poutput) const
5376 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5377 if (relobj != this->exidx_input_section_.relobj()
5378 || shndx != this->exidx_input_section_.shndx())
5381 section_offset_type section_size =
5382 convert_types<section_offset_type>(this->exidx_input_section_.size());
5383 if (offset < 0 || offset >= section_size)
5384 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5388 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5389 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5390 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5391 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p =
5392 this->section_offset_map_.lower_bound(offset);
5394 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5395 // input offset is in the valid range.
5396 gold_assert(p != this->section_offset_map_.end());
5398 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5399 section_offset_type ref = p->first;
5400 section_offset_type mapped_ref = p->second;
5402 if (mapped_ref != Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset)
5403 // Offset is present in output.
5404 *poutput = mapped_ref + (offset - ref);
5406 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5413 // Write this to output file OF.
5416 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file* of)
5418 off_t offset = this->offset();
5419 const section_size_type oview_size = this->data_size();
5420 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
5422 Output_section* os = this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5423 gold_assert(os != NULL);
5425 memcpy(oview, this->section_contents_, oview_size);
5426 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
5429 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5431 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5432 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5433 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5436 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5438 if (this->last_unwind_type_ != UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5439 && this->last_input_section_ != NULL)
5441 Relobj* relobj = this->last_input_section_->relobj();
5442 unsigned int text_shndx = this->last_input_section_->link();
5443 Arm_exidx_cantunwind* cantunwind =
5444 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj, text_shndx);
5445 this->exidx_output_section_->add_output_section_data(cantunwind);
5446 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5450 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5451 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5455 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word)
5458 if (second_word == elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND)
5460 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5461 delete_entry = this->last_unwind_type_ == UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5462 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5464 else if ((second_word & 0x80000000) != 0)
5466 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5467 delete_entry = (merge_exidx_entries_
5468 && this->last_unwind_type_ == UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5469 && this->last_inlined_entry_ == second_word);
5470 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_INLINED_ENTRY;
5471 this->last_inlined_entry_ = second_word;
5475 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5476 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5477 delete_entry = false;
5478 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_NORMAL_ENTRY;
5480 return delete_entry;
5483 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5484 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5485 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5486 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5487 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5490 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5491 section_offset_type input_offset,
5492 section_size_type deleted_bytes,
5495 if (this->section_offset_map_ == NULL)
5496 this->section_offset_map_ = new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5497 section_offset_type output_offset;
5499 output_offset = Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset;
5501 output_offset = input_offset - deleted_bytes;
5502 (*this->section_offset_map_)[input_offset] = output_offset;
5505 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5506 // bytes deleted. SECTION_CONTENTS points to the contents of the EXIDX
5507 // section and SECTION_SIZE is the number of bytes pointed by SECTION_CONTENTS.
5508 // If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly created
5509 // Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller
5510 // owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5512 template<bool big_endian>
5514 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5515 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section,
5516 const unsigned char* section_contents,
5517 section_size_type section_size,
5518 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map** psection_offset_map)
5520 Relobj* relobj = exidx_input_section->relobj();
5521 unsigned shndx = exidx_input_section->shndx();
5523 if ((section_size % 8) != 0)
5525 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5526 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5527 relobj->name().c_str(), shndx);
5528 this->last_input_section_ = exidx_input_section;
5529 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_NONE;
5533 uint32_t deleted_bytes = 0;
5534 bool prev_delete_entry = false;
5535 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_ == NULL);
5537 for (section_size_type i = 0; i < section_size; i += 8)
5539 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
5541 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(section_contents + i + 4);
5542 uint32_t second_word = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
5544 bool delete_entry = this->process_exidx_entry(second_word);
5546 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5547 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5548 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5549 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5550 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5551 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5552 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5553 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5554 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Otherwise, y1
5556 if (delete_entry != prev_delete_entry && i != 0)
5557 this->update_offset_map(i - 1, deleted_bytes, prev_delete_entry);
5559 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5563 prev_delete_entry = delete_entry;
5566 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5568 if (this->section_offset_map_ != NULL)
5569 update_offset_map(section_size - 1, deleted_bytes, prev_delete_entry);
5571 *psection_offset_map = this->section_offset_map_;
5572 this->section_offset_map_ = NULL;
5573 this->last_input_section_ = exidx_input_section;
5575 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5576 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5577 if (this->first_output_text_section_ == NULL
5578 && deleted_bytes != section_size)
5580 unsigned int link = exidx_input_section->link();
5581 Output_section* os = relobj->output_section(link);
5582 gold_assert(os != NULL);
5583 this->first_output_text_section_ = os;
5586 return deleted_bytes;
5589 // Arm_output_section methods.
5591 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5592 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5594 template<bool big_endian>
5596 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::create_stub_group(
5597 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin,
5598 Input_section_list::const_iterator end,
5599 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner,
5600 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
5601 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*>* new_relaxed_sections,
5604 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5605 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5606 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5607 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5608 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX);
5610 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5611 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5612 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5615 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section;
5616 if (owner->is_relaxed_input_section())
5619 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::as_arm_input_section(
5620 owner->relaxed_input_section());
5624 gold_assert(owner->is_input_section());
5625 // Create a new relaxed input section. We need to lock the original
5627 Task_lock_obj<Object> tl(task, owner->relobj());
5629 target->new_arm_input_section(owner->relobj(), owner->shndx());
5630 new_relaxed_sections->push_back(arm_input_section);
5633 // Create a stub table.
5634 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
5635 target->new_stub_table(arm_input_section);
5637 arm_input_section->set_stub_table(stub_table);
5639 Input_section_list::const_iterator p = begin;
5640 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p;
5642 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5645 if (p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5647 // The stub table information for input sections live
5648 // in their objects.
5649 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5650 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(p->relobj());
5651 arm_relobj->set_stub_table(p->shndx(), stub_table);
5655 while (prev_p != end);
5658 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5659 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5660 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5661 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5662 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5664 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5665 // implemented differently.
5667 template<bool big_endian>
5669 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::group_sections(
5670 section_size_type group_size,
5671 bool stubs_always_after_branch,
5672 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
5675 // We only care about sections containing code.
5676 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) == 0)
5679 // States for grouping.
5682 // No group is being built.
5684 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5685 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5686 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5687 FINDING_STUB_SECTION,
5688 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5689 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5690 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5694 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5695 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*> new_relaxed_sections;
5697 State state = NO_GROUP;
5698 section_size_type off = 0;
5699 section_size_type group_begin_offset = 0;
5700 section_size_type group_end_offset = 0;
5701 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset = 0;
5702 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin =
5703 this->input_sections().end();
5704 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table =
5705 this->input_sections().end();
5706 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end = this->input_sections().end();
5707 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections().begin();
5708 p != this->input_sections().end();
5711 section_size_type section_begin_offset =
5712 align_address(off, p->addralign());
5713 section_size_type section_end_offset =
5714 section_begin_offset + p->data_size();
5716 // Check to see if we should group the previously seen sections.
5722 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION:
5723 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5724 if (section_end_offset - group_begin_offset >= group_size)
5726 if (stubs_always_after_branch)
5728 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5729 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end, group_end,
5730 target, &new_relaxed_sections,
5736 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5737 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5738 // handled by it too.
5739 state = HAS_STUB_SECTION;
5740 stub_table = group_end;
5741 stub_table_end_offset = group_end_offset;
5746 case HAS_STUB_SECTION:
5747 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5749 if (section_end_offset - stub_table_end_offset >= group_size)
5751 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5752 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end, stub_table,
5753 target, &new_relaxed_sections, task);
5762 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5763 // a new one. Skip any empty sections. We look at the data size
5764 // instead of calling p->relobj()->section_size() to avoid locking.
5765 if ((p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5766 && (p->data_size() != 0))
5768 if (state == NO_GROUP)
5770 state = FINDING_STUB_SECTION;
5772 group_begin_offset = section_begin_offset;
5775 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5777 group_end_offset = section_end_offset;
5780 off = section_end_offset;
5783 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5784 if (state == FINDING_STUB_SECTION || state == HAS_STUB_SECTION)
5786 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5787 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end,
5788 (state == FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5791 target, &new_relaxed_sections, task);
5794 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5795 if (!new_relaxed_sections.empty())
5796 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections);
5798 // Update the section offsets
5799 for (size_t i = 0; i < new_relaxed_sections.size(); ++i)
5801 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5802 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(
5803 new_relaxed_sections[i]->relobj());
5804 unsigned int shndx = new_relaxed_sections[i]->shndx();
5805 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5806 arm_relobj->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx);
5810 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5811 // order of their position in this.
5813 template<bool big_endian>
5815 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5816 Text_section_list* list)
5818 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) != 0);
5820 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections().begin();
5821 p != this->input_sections().end();
5824 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5825 // ignore any merged sections.
5826 if (p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5827 list->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p->relobj(),
5832 template<bool big_endian>
5834 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5836 const Text_section_list& sorted_text_sections,
5837 Symbol_table* symtab,
5838 bool merge_exidx_entries,
5841 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5842 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX);
5844 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5845 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5846 this->discard_states();
5848 // Remove all input sections.
5849 uint64_t address = this->address();
5850 typedef std::list<Output_section::Input_section> Input_section_list;
5851 Input_section_list input_sections;
5852 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5853 this->get_input_sections(address, std::string(""), &input_sections);
5855 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5856 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5858 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5859 typedef Unordered_set<Section_id, Section_id_hash> Section_id_set;
5860 typedef Unordered_map<Section_id, const Output_section::Input_section*,
5861 Section_id_hash> Text_to_exidx_map;
5862 Text_to_exidx_map text_to_exidx_map;
5863 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = input_sections.begin();
5864 p != input_sections.end();
5867 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5868 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5869 gold_assert(!p->is_relaxed_input_section());
5870 text_to_exidx_map[Section_id(p->relobj(), p->shndx())] = &(*p);
5873 Arm_exidx_fixup exidx_fixup(this, merge_exidx_entries);
5875 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5876 typedef Unordered_set<Section_id, Section_id_hash> Section_id_set;
5877 Section_id_set processed_input_sections;
5878 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p = sorted_text_sections.begin();
5879 p != sorted_text_sections.end();
5882 Relobj* relobj = p->first;
5883 unsigned int shndx = p->second;
5885 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5886 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relobj);
5887 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5888 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx);
5890 // If this text section has no EXIDX section or if the EXIDX section
5891 // has errors, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing to the end
5892 // of the last seen EXIDX section.
5893 if (exidx_input_section == NULL || exidx_input_section->has_errors())
5895 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5899 Relobj* exidx_relobj = exidx_input_section->relobj();
5900 unsigned int exidx_shndx = exidx_input_section->shndx();
5901 Section_id sid(exidx_relobj, exidx_shndx);
5902 Text_to_exidx_map::const_iterator iter = text_to_exidx_map.find(sid);
5903 if (iter == text_to_exidx_map.end())
5905 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5906 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5907 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5908 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5909 if (layout->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5910 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5911 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5912 exidx_shndx, exidx_relobj->name().c_str());
5914 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5915 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5916 exidx_shndx, exidx_relobj->name().c_str());
5918 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5922 // We need to access the contents of the EXIDX section, lock the
5924 Task_lock_obj<Object> tl(task, exidx_relobj);
5925 section_size_type exidx_size;
5926 const unsigned char* exidx_contents =
5927 exidx_relobj->section_contents(exidx_shndx, &exidx_size, false);
5929 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5930 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map* section_offset_map = NULL;
5931 uint32_t deleted_bytes =
5932 exidx_fixup.process_exidx_section<big_endian>(exidx_input_section,
5935 §ion_offset_map);
5937 if (deleted_bytes == exidx_input_section->size())
5939 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5940 gold_assert(section_offset_map == NULL);
5941 exidx_relobj->set_output_section(exidx_shndx, NULL);
5943 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5944 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5945 arm_relobj->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5947 else if (deleted_bytes > 0)
5949 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5950 // section into a relaxed section.
5951 gold_assert(section_offset_map != NULL);
5953 Arm_exidx_merged_section* merged_section =
5954 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section,
5955 *section_offset_map, deleted_bytes);
5956 merged_section->build_contents(exidx_contents, exidx_size);
5958 const std::string secname = exidx_relobj->section_name(exidx_shndx);
5959 this->add_relaxed_input_section(layout, merged_section, secname);
5960 arm_relobj->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx);
5962 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5963 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5965 arm_relobj->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5969 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5970 gold_assert(section_offset_map == NULL);
5971 const Output_section::Input_section* pis = iter->second;
5972 gold_assert(pis->is_input_section());
5973 this->add_script_input_section(*pis);
5976 processed_input_sections.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj, exidx_shndx));
5979 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5980 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5982 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5983 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = input_sections.begin();
5984 p != input_sections.end();
5987 if (processed_input_sections.find(Section_id(p->relobj(), p->shndx()))
5988 == processed_input_sections.end())
5990 // We discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5991 // text section has been folded by ICF. We also discard an
5992 // EXIDX section with error, the output does not matter in this
5993 // case. We do this to avoid triggering asserts.
5994 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5995 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(p->relobj());
5996 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5997 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p->shndx());
5998 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
5999 if (!exidx_input_section->has_errors())
6001 unsigned int text_shndx = exidx_input_section->link();
6002 gold_assert(symtab->is_section_folded(p->relobj(), text_shndx));
6005 // Remove this from link. We also need to recount the
6007 p->relobj()->set_output_section(p->shndx(), NULL);
6008 arm_relobj->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
6012 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
6013 // set correct entry size.
6014 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup.first_output_text_section());
6015 this->set_entsize(8);
6017 // Make changes permanent.
6018 this->save_states();
6019 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
6022 // Link EXIDX output sections to text output sections.
6024 template<bool big_endian>
6026 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::set_exidx_section_link()
6028 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX);
6029 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
6031 Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections().begin();
6032 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
6033 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(p->relobj());
6034 unsigned exidx_shndx = p->shndx();
6035 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
6036 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(exidx_shndx);
6037 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
6038 unsigned int text_shndx = exidx_input_section->link();
6039 Output_section* os = arm_relobj->output_section(text_shndx);
6040 this->set_link_section(os);
6044 // Arm_relobj methods.
6046 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
6047 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
6048 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
6049 // look up ICF information.
6051 template<bool big_endian>
6053 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::section_is_scannable(
6054 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6056 const Output_section* os,
6057 const Symbol_table* symtab)
6059 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
6060 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
6061 if (shdr.get_sh_size() == 0
6062 || (shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0
6063 || shdr.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS)
6066 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
6067 if (os == NULL || symtab->is_section_folded(this, shndx))
6070 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
6071 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
6072 // we cannot handle.
6073 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx))
6075 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
6076 os->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx);
6084 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
6085 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6087 template<bool big_endian>
6089 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
6090 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6091 const Relobj::Output_sections& out_sections,
6092 const Symbol_table* symtab,
6093 const unsigned char* pshdrs)
6095 unsigned int sh_type = shdr.get_sh_type();
6096 if (sh_type != elfcpp::SHT_REL && sh_type != elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
6099 // Ignore empty section.
6100 off_t sh_size = shdr.get_sh_size();
6104 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
6105 // error will be reported in the final link.
6106 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
6109 unsigned int reloc_size;
6110 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
6111 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
6113 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rela_size;
6115 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
6116 // The error will be reported in the final link.
6117 if (reloc_size != shdr.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size % reloc_size != 0)
6120 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
6121 // reported in the final link.
6122 unsigned int index = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_info());
6123 if (index >= this->shnum())
6126 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6127 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> text_shdr(pshdrs + index * shdr_size);
6128 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr, index,
6129 out_sections[index], symtab);
6132 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
6133 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
6134 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
6135 // for large output.
6137 template<bool big_endian>
6139 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::simple_input_section_output_address(
6143 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx))
6145 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
6146 os->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx);
6147 // We do not handle merged sections here.
6148 gold_assert(poris != NULL);
6149 return poris->address();
6152 return os->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx);
6155 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
6156 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6158 template<bool big_endian>
6160 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
6161 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6164 const Symbol_table* symtab)
6166 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr, shndx, os, symtab))
6169 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
6171 Arm_address address = this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx, os);
6172 if ((address & ~0xfffU) == ((address + shdr.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU))
6178 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
6180 template<bool big_endian>
6182 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
6183 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6186 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target)
6188 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
6190 Mapping_symbol_position section_start(shndx, 0);
6191 typename Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p =
6192 this->mapping_symbols_info_.lower_bound(section_start);
6194 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
6195 // section. Issue a warning if section is marked as containing
6197 if (p == this->mapping_symbols_info_.end() || p->first.first != shndx)
6199 if ((this->section_flags(shndx) & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
6200 gold_warning(_("cannot scan executable section %u of %s for Cortex-A8 "
6201 "erratum because it has no mapping symbols."),
6202 shndx, this->name().c_str());
6206 Arm_address output_address =
6207 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx, os);
6209 // Get the section contents.
6210 section_size_type input_view_size = 0;
6211 const unsigned char* input_view =
6212 this->section_contents(shndx, &input_view_size, false);
6214 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
6215 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
6216 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
6217 // to speed up the scanning.
6219 while (p != this->mapping_symbols_info_.end()
6220 && p->first.first == shndx)
6222 typename Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next =
6223 this->mapping_symbols_info_.upper_bound(p->first);
6225 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
6226 if (p->second == 't')
6228 // Determine the end of this range.
6229 section_size_type span_start =
6230 convert_to_section_size_type(p->first.second);
6231 section_size_type span_end;
6232 if (next != this->mapping_symbols_info_.end()
6233 && next->first.first == shndx)
6234 span_end = convert_to_section_size_type(next->first.second);
6236 span_end = convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
6238 if (((span_start + output_address) & ~0xfffUL)
6239 != ((span_end + output_address - 1) & ~0xfffUL))
6241 arm_target->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx,
6242 span_start, span_end,
6252 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
6254 template<bool big_endian>
6256 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
6257 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
6258 const Symbol_table* symtab,
6259 const Layout* layout)
6261 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6262 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6264 // Read the section headers.
6265 const unsigned char* pshdrs = this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6269 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
6270 // input offsets to output addresses.
6271 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
6273 const Relobj::Output_sections& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6275 Relocate_info<32, big_endian> relinfo;
6276 relinfo.symtab = symtab;
6277 relinfo.layout = layout;
6278 relinfo.object = this;
6280 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
6281 const unsigned char* p = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6282 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, p += shdr_size)
6284 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(p);
6285 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr, out_sections, symtab,
6288 unsigned int index = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_info());
6289 Arm_address output_offset = this->get_output_section_offset(index);
6290 Arm_address output_address;
6291 if (output_offset != invalid_address)
6292 output_address = out_sections[index]->address() + output_offset;
6295 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
6296 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
6297 out_sections[index]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index);
6298 gold_assert(poris != NULL);
6299 output_address = poris->address();
6302 // Get the relocations.
6303 const unsigned char* prelocs = this->get_view(shdr.get_sh_offset(),
6307 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
6308 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
6309 // output view under such circumstances.
6310 section_size_type input_view_size = 0;
6311 const unsigned char* input_view =
6312 this->section_contents(index, &input_view_size, false);
6314 relinfo.reloc_shndx = i;
6315 relinfo.data_shndx = index;
6316 unsigned int sh_type = shdr.get_sh_type();
6317 unsigned int reloc_size;
6318 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
6319 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
6321 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rela_size;
6323 Output_section* os = out_sections[index];
6324 arm_target->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo, sh_type, prelocs,
6325 shdr.get_sh_size() / reloc_size,
6327 output_offset == invalid_address,
6328 input_view, output_address,
6333 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
6334 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
6335 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
6336 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
6337 // scanning is done first.
6338 if (arm_target->fix_cortex_a8())
6340 const unsigned char* p = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6341 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, p += shdr_size)
6343 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(p);
6344 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr, i,
6347 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr, i, out_sections[i],
6352 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6353 // since we no longer need them.
6354 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6357 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6358 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6359 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6360 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6361 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6362 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6363 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol target hook inside
6364 // Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6366 template<bool big_endian>
6368 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols(
6369 Stringpool_template<char>* pool,
6370 Stringpool_template<char>* dynpool)
6372 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6375 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6376 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols(pool, dynpool);
6377 const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
6381 // Initialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6382 std::vector<bool> empty_vector(loccount, false);
6383 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_.swap(empty_vector);
6385 // Read the symbol table section header.
6386 const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
6387 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6388 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
6389 gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
6391 // Read the local symbols.
6392 const int sym_size =elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6393 gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
6394 off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
6395 const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6396 locsize, true, true);
6398 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6399 unsigned int strtab_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr.get_sh_link());
6400 if (strtab_shndx >= this->shnum())
6402 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx);
6406 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6407 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx));
6408 if (strtabshdr.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB)
6410 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6411 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr.get_sh_type()));
6414 const char* pnames =
6415 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6416 strtabshdr.get_sh_size(),
6419 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6420 // to THUMB functions.
6422 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6424 typename Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::Local_values* plocal_values =
6425 this->local_values();
6426 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < loccount; ++i, psyms += sym_size)
6428 elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian> sym(psyms);
6429 elfcpp::STT st_type = sym.get_st_type();
6430 Symbol_value<32>& lv((*plocal_values)[i]);
6431 Arm_address input_value = lv.input_value();
6433 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6434 const char* sym_name = pnames + sym.get_st_name();
6435 if (Target_arm<big_endian>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name))
6438 unsigned int input_shndx =
6439 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i, sym.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary);
6440 gold_assert(is_ordinary);
6442 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6443 Mapping_symbol_position msp(input_shndx, input_value & ~1U);
6444 this->mapping_symbols_info_[msp] = sym_name[1];
6447 if (st_type == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6448 || (st_type == elfcpp::STT_FUNC && ((input_value & 1) != 0)))
6450 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6451 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6452 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_[i] = true;
6453 if ((input_value & 1) == 0)
6454 lv.set_input_value(input_value | 1);
6459 // Relocate sections.
6460 template<bool big_endian>
6462 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_relocate_sections(
6463 const Symbol_table* symtab,
6464 const Layout* layout,
6465 const unsigned char* pshdrs,
6467 typename Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::Views* pviews)
6469 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6470 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_relocate_sections(symtab, layout,
6471 pshdrs, of, pviews);
6473 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6474 if (parameters->options().relocatable())
6477 // Relocate stub tables.
6478 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6480 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
6481 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
6483 Relocate_info<32, big_endian> relinfo;
6484 relinfo.symtab = symtab;
6485 relinfo.layout = layout;
6486 relinfo.object = this;
6488 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i)
6490 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section =
6491 arm_target->find_arm_input_section(this, i);
6493 if (arm_input_section != NULL
6494 && arm_input_section->is_stub_table_owner()
6495 && !arm_input_section->stub_table()->empty())
6497 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6498 Output_section* os = this->output_section(i);
6499 gold_assert(os != NULL);
6501 relinfo.reloc_shndx = elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF;
6502 relinfo.reloc_shdr = NULL;
6503 relinfo.data_shndx = i;
6504 relinfo.data_shdr = pshdrs + i * elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6506 gold_assert((*pviews)[i].view != NULL);
6508 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6510 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = arm_input_section->stub_table();
6511 gold_assert((stub_table->address() >= (*pviews)[i].address)
6512 && ((stub_table->address() + stub_table->data_size())
6513 <= (*pviews)[i].address + (*pviews)[i].view_size));
6515 off_t offset = stub_table->address() - (*pviews)[i].address;
6516 unsigned char* view = (*pviews)[i].view + offset;
6517 Arm_address address = stub_table->address();
6518 section_size_type view_size = stub_table->data_size();
6520 stub_table->relocate_stubs(&relinfo, arm_target, os, view, address,
6524 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6525 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i))
6527 unsigned char* view = (*pviews)[i].view;
6528 Arm_address view_address = (*pviews)[i].address;
6529 section_size_type view_size = (*pviews)[i].view_size;
6530 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = this->stub_tables_[i];
6532 // Adjust view to cover section.
6533 Output_section* os = this->output_section(i);
6534 gold_assert(os != NULL);
6535 Arm_address section_address =
6536 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i, os);
6537 uint64_t section_size = this->section_size(i);
6539 gold_assert(section_address >= view_address
6540 && ((section_address + section_size)
6541 <= (view_address + view_size)));
6543 unsigned char* section_view = view + (section_address - view_address);
6545 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6546 // corresponding to this input section.
6547 stub_table->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6556 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the first
6557 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6558 // must be linked to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6559 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6560 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6561 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6562 // discover the linked code section.
6564 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6565 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6566 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6569 template<bool big_endian>
6571 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::find_linked_text_section(
6572 const unsigned char* pshdr,
6573 const unsigned char* psyms,
6574 unsigned int* pshndx)
6576 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(pshdr);
6578 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6580 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
6581 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
6583 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rela_size;
6584 size_t reloc_count = shdr.get_sh_size() / reloc_size;
6586 // Get the relocations.
6587 const unsigned char* prelocs =
6588 this->get_view(shdr.get_sh_offset(), shdr.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6590 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6591 for (size_t i = 0; i < reloc_count; ++i, prelocs += reloc_size)
6593 Arm_address r_offset;
6594 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info;
6595 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
6597 typename elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian> reloc(prelocs);
6598 r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
6599 r_offset = reloc.get_r_offset();
6603 typename elfcpp::Rela<32, big_endian> reloc(prelocs);
6604 r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
6605 r_offset = reloc.get_r_offset();
6608 unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(r_info);
6609 if (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31 && r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31)
6612 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
6614 || r_sym >= this->local_symbol_count()
6618 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6619 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6620 const int sym_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6621 elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian> sym(psyms + r_sym * sym_size);
6622 if (sym.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION)
6626 this->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, sym.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary);
6627 gold_assert(is_ordinary);
6637 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6638 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6639 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6641 template<bool big_endian>
6643 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::make_exidx_input_section(
6645 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6646 unsigned int text_shndx,
6647 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& text_shdr)
6649 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6650 Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
6651 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx, text_shndx, shdr.get_sh_size(),
6652 shdr.get_sh_addralign(),
6653 text_shdr.get_sh_size());
6655 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_[shndx] == NULL);
6656 this->exidx_section_map_[shndx] = exidx_input_section;
6658 if (text_shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF || text_shndx >= this->shnum())
6660 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to invalid section %u in %s"),
6661 this->section_name(shndx).c_str(), shndx, text_shndx,
6662 this->name().c_str());
6663 exidx_input_section->set_has_errors();
6665 else if (this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx] != NULL)
6667 unsigned other_exidx_shndx =
6668 this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx]->shndx();
6669 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %s(%u) and %s(%u) both link to text section"
6671 this->section_name(shndx).c_str(), shndx,
6672 this->section_name(other_exidx_shndx).c_str(),
6673 other_exidx_shndx, this->section_name(text_shndx).c_str(),
6674 text_shndx, this->name().c_str());
6675 exidx_input_section->set_has_errors();
6678 this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx] = exidx_input_section;
6680 // Check section flags of text section.
6681 if ((text_shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
6683 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-allocated section %s(%u) "
6685 this->section_name(shndx).c_str(), shndx,
6686 this->section_name(text_shndx).c_str(), text_shndx,
6687 this->name().c_str());
6688 exidx_input_section->set_has_errors();
6690 else if ((text_shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) == 0)
6691 // I would like to make this an error but currently ld just ignores
6693 gold_warning(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-executable section "
6695 this->section_name(shndx).c_str(), shndx,
6696 this->section_name(text_shndx).c_str(), text_shndx,
6697 this->name().c_str());
6700 // Read the symbol information.
6702 template<bool big_endian>
6704 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd)
6706 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6707 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_read_symbols(sd);
6709 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
6710 // specific flags and attributes section.
6711 Input_file::Format format = this->input_file()->format();
6712 if (format != Input_file::FORMAT_ELF)
6714 gold_assert(format == Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY);
6715 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_ = false;
6719 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6720 const unsigned char* pehdr = this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset,
6721 elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size,
6723 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
6724 this->processor_specific_flags_ = ehdr.get_e_flags();
6726 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6728 std::vector<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections;
6729 const size_t shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6730 const unsigned char* pshdrs = sd->section_headers->data();
6731 const unsigned char* ps = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6732 bool must_merge_flags_and_attributes = false;
6733 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < this->shnum(); ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6735 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6737 // Sometimes an object has no contents except the section name string
6738 // table and an empty symbol table with the undefined symbol. We
6739 // don't want to merge processor-specific flags from such an object.
6740 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB)
6742 // Symbol table is not empty.
6743 const elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword sym_size =
6744 elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6745 if (shdr.get_sh_size() > sym_size)
6746 must_merge_flags_and_attributes = true;
6748 else if (shdr.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB)
6749 // If this is neither an empty symbol table nor a string table,
6751 must_merge_flags_and_attributes = true;
6753 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES)
6755 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_ == NULL);
6756 section_offset_type section_offset = shdr.get_sh_offset();
6757 section_size_type section_size =
6758 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
6759 const unsigned char* view =
6760 this->get_view(section_offset, section_size, true, false);
6761 this->attributes_section_data_ =
6762 new Attributes_section_data(view, section_size);
6764 else if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
6766 unsigned int text_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link());
6767 if (text_shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF)
6768 deferred_exidx_sections.push_back(i);
6771 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> text_shdr(pshdrs
6772 + text_shndx * shdr_size);
6773 this->make_exidx_input_section(i, shdr, text_shndx, text_shdr);
6775 // EHABI 4.4.1 requires that SHF_LINK_ORDER flag to be set.
6776 if ((shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER) == 0)
6777 gold_warning(_("SHF_LINK_ORDER not set in EXIDX section %s of %s"),
6778 this->section_name(i).c_str(), this->name().c_str());
6783 if (!must_merge_flags_and_attributes)
6785 gold_assert(deferred_exidx_sections.empty());
6786 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_ = false;
6790 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6791 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6792 if (!deferred_exidx_sections.empty())
6794 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6795 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6796 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6797 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6798 // want to slow down the most common path.
6799 typedef Unordered_map<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map;
6800 Reloc_map reloc_map;
6801 ps = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6802 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < this->shnum(); ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6804 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6805 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type = shdr.get_sh_type();
6806 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL || sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
6808 unsigned int info_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_info());
6809 if (info_shndx >= this->shnum())
6810 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6812 Reloc_map::value_type value(info_shndx, i);
6813 std::pair<Reloc_map::iterator, bool> result =
6814 reloc_map.insert(value);
6816 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6818 info_shndx, i, reloc_map[info_shndx]);
6822 // Read the symbol table section header.
6823 const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
6824 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6825 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
6826 gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
6828 // Read the local symbols.
6829 const int sym_size =elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6830 const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
6831 gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
6832 off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
6833 const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6834 locsize, true, true);
6836 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6837 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < deferred_exidx_sections.size(); ++i)
6839 unsigned int shndx = deferred_exidx_sections[i];
6840 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(pshdrs + shndx * shdr_size);
6841 unsigned int text_shndx = elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF;
6842 Reloc_map::const_iterator it = reloc_map.find(shndx);
6843 if (it != reloc_map.end())
6844 find_linked_text_section(pshdrs + it->second * shdr_size,
6845 psyms, &text_shndx);
6846 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> text_shdr(pshdrs
6847 + text_shndx * shdr_size);
6848 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx, shdr, text_shndx, text_shdr);
6853 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6854 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6855 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implicit
6856 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6857 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6858 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6860 template<bool big_endian>
6862 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
6864 Read_relocs_data* rd)
6866 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6867 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab, layout, rd);
6869 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6870 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6871 if (!parameters->options().gc_sections())
6874 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6875 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6876 const unsigned char* pshdrs = this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6880 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6881 // to these from the linked text sections.
6882 const unsigned char* ps = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6883 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6885 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6886 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
6888 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6889 // sections from its linked text section.
6890 unsigned int text_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link());
6891 symtab->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx, this, i);
6896 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6897 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6898 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6899 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6901 template<bool big_endian>
6903 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6905 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6906 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6907 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_);
6909 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6910 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6912 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6916 // Read the symbol table section header.
6917 const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
6918 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6919 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
6920 gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
6922 // Read the local symbols.
6923 const int sym_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6924 const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
6925 gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
6926 off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
6927 const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6928 locsize, true, true);
6930 // Loop over the local symbols.
6932 typedef typename Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::Output_sections
6934 const Output_sections& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6935 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6936 unsigned int count = 0;
6937 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6939 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < loccount; ++i, psyms += sym_size)
6941 elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian> sym(psyms);
6943 Symbol_value<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i]);
6945 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6946 if (lv.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv.has_output_symtab_entry())
6950 unsigned int shndx = this->adjust_sym_shndx(i, sym.get_st_shndx(),
6955 Output_section* os = out_sections[shndx];
6957 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6960 lv.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6964 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6965 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6966 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6967 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx) == invalid_address)
6968 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx) != NULL))
6970 section_offset_type output_offset =
6971 os->output_offset(this, shndx, lv.input_value());
6972 if (output_offset == -1)
6974 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6975 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6976 lv.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6985 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count);
6986 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_ = false;
6989 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6991 // Read the symbol information.
6993 template<bool big_endian>
6995 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd)
6997 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6998 Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>::do_read_symbols(sd);
7000 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
7001 const unsigned char* pehdr = this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset,
7002 elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size,
7004 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
7005 this->processor_specific_flags_ = ehdr.get_e_flags();
7007 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
7008 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
7009 // the section headers.
7010 const size_t shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
7011 const unsigned char* ps =
7012 sd->section_headers->data() + shdr_size * (this->shnum() - 1);
7013 for (unsigned int i = this->shnum(); i > 0; --i, ps -= shdr_size)
7015 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
7016 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES)
7018 section_offset_type section_offset = shdr.get_sh_offset();
7019 section_size_type section_size =
7020 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
7021 const unsigned char* view =
7022 this->get_view(section_offset, section_size, true, false);
7023 this->attributes_section_data_ =
7024 new Attributes_section_data(view, section_size);
7030 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
7032 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
7034 template<bool big_endian>
7035 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
7036 Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_REL, big_endian>::operator()(
7037 unsigned int r_type,
7038 const unsigned char* view,
7039 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc&) const
7041 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
7045 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
7046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
7047 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
7049 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
7050 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
7051 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
7052 return utils::sign_extend<26>(val << 2);
7055 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
7056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
7057 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
7059 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
7060 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
7061 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
7062 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
7063 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
7066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
7068 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
7069 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
7070 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
7071 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
7072 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
7080 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
7082 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
7083 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
7084 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
7085 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
7086 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
7088 template<bool big_endian>
7090 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7091 unsigned int got_type,
7094 if (gsym->has_got_offset(got_type))
7097 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7099 unsigned int got_offset = this->add_constant(1);
7100 gsym->set_got_offset(got_type, got_offset);
7101 got_offset = this->add_constant(0);
7102 this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset,
7103 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32,
7107 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
7109 template<bool big_endian>
7111 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7112 unsigned int got_type,
7113 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
7116 if (object->local_has_got_offset(index, got_type))
7119 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7121 unsigned int got_offset = this->add_constant(1);
7122 object->set_local_got_offset(index, got_type, got_offset);
7123 got_offset = this->add_constant(0);
7124 this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset,
7125 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32,
7129 template<bool big_endian>
7131 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
7133 // Call parent to write out GOT.
7134 Output_data_got<32, big_endian>::do_write(of);
7136 // We are done if there is no fix up.
7137 if (this->static_relocs_.empty())
7140 gold_assert(parameters->doing_static_link());
7142 const off_t offset = this->offset();
7143 const section_size_type oview_size =
7144 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7145 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
7147 Output_segment* tls_segment = this->layout_->tls_segment();
7148 gold_assert(tls_segment != NULL);
7150 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
7151 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
7152 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size =
7153 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE, tls_segment->maximum_alignment());
7155 for (size_t i = 0; i < this->static_relocs_.size(); ++i)
7157 Static_reloc& reloc(this->static_relocs_[i]);
7160 if (!reloc.symbol_is_global())
7162 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object = reloc.relobj();
7163 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval =
7164 reloc.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc.index());
7166 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7167 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
7169 unsigned int shndx = psymval->input_shndx(&is_ordinary);
7170 if ((shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF)
7172 && shndx != elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
7173 && !object->is_section_included(shndx)
7174 && !this->symbol_table_->is_section_folded(object, shndx)))
7176 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
7177 " object %s in GOT"),
7178 reloc.index(), reloc.relobj()->name().c_str());
7182 value = psymval->value(object, 0);
7186 const Symbol* gsym = reloc.symbol();
7187 gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
7188 if (gsym->is_forwarder())
7189 gsym = this->symbol_table_->resolve_forwards(gsym);
7191 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7192 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
7193 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
7194 if ((gsym->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
7195 || gsym->is_undefined())
7196 && !gsym->is_weak_undefined())
7198 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
7203 if (!gsym->is_weak_undefined())
7205 const Sized_symbol<32>* sym =
7206 static_cast<const Sized_symbol<32>*>(gsym);
7207 value = sym->value();
7213 unsigned got_offset = reloc.got_offset();
7214 gold_assert(got_offset < oview_size);
7216 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
7217 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(oview + got_offset);
7219 switch (reloc.r_type())
7221 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32:
7224 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32:
7225 x = value + aligned_tcb_size;
7230 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
7233 of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
7236 // A class to handle the PLT data.
7238 template<bool big_endian>
7239 class Output_data_plt_arm : public Output_section_data
7242 typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, 32, big_endian>
7245 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout*, Output_data_space*);
7247 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7249 add_entry(Symbol* gsym);
7251 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
7252 const Reloc_section*
7254 { return this->rel_; }
7256 // Return the number of PLT entries.
7259 { return this->count_; }
7261 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7263 first_plt_entry_offset()
7264 { return sizeof(first_plt_entry); }
7266 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
7268 get_plt_entry_size()
7269 { return sizeof(plt_entry); }
7273 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os);
7275 // Write to a map file.
7277 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
7278 { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
7281 // Template for the first PLT entry.
7282 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry[5];
7284 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
7285 static const uint32_t plt_entry[3];
7287 // Set the final size.
7289 set_final_data_size()
7291 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry)
7292 + this->count_ * sizeof(plt_entry));
7295 // Write out the PLT data.
7297 do_write(Output_file*);
7299 // The reloc section.
7300 Reloc_section* rel_;
7301 // The .got.plt section.
7302 Output_data_space* got_plt_;
7303 // The number of PLT entries.
7304 unsigned int count_;
7307 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
7308 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
7309 // section just for PLT entries.
7311 template<bool big_endian>
7312 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout* layout,
7313 Output_data_space* got_plt)
7314 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt), count_(0)
7316 this->rel_ = new Reloc_section(false);
7317 layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL,
7318 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_,
7319 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false);
7322 template<bool big_endian>
7324 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os)
7329 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7331 template<bool big_endian>
7333 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::add_entry(Symbol* gsym)
7335 gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset());
7337 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
7338 // reserved PLT entry.
7339 gsym->set_plt_offset((this->count_) * sizeof(plt_entry)
7340 + sizeof(first_plt_entry));
7344 section_offset_type got_offset = this->got_plt_->current_data_size();
7346 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
7347 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
7348 // lazily when the function is called).
7349 this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(got_offset + 4);
7351 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
7352 gsym->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
7353 this->rel_->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT, this->got_plt_,
7356 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
7357 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
7358 // appear in the relocations.
7362 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
7363 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
7364 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
7366 // The first entry in the PLT.
7367 template<bool big_endian>
7368 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::first_plt_entry[5] =
7370 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
7371 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
7372 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
7373 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
7374 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
7377 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
7379 template<bool big_endian>
7380 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::plt_entry[3] =
7382 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
7383 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
7384 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
7387 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
7388 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
7389 // Processor Supplement.
7391 template<bool big_endian>
7393 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
7395 const off_t offset = this->offset();
7396 const section_size_type oview_size =
7397 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7398 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
7400 const off_t got_file_offset = this->got_plt_->offset();
7401 const section_size_type got_size =
7402 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_->data_size());
7403 unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset,
7405 unsigned char* pov = oview;
7407 Arm_address plt_address = this->address();
7408 Arm_address got_address = this->got_plt_->address();
7410 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
7411 const size_t num_first_plt_words = (sizeof(first_plt_entry)
7412 / sizeof(plt_entry[0]));
7413 for (size_t i = 0; i < num_first_plt_words - 1; i++)
7414 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + i * 4, first_plt_entry[i]);
7415 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
7416 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 16,
7417 got_address - (plt_address + 16));
7418 pov += sizeof(first_plt_entry);
7420 unsigned char* got_pov = got_view;
7422 memset(got_pov, 0, 12);
7425 const int rel_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
7426 unsigned int plt_offset = sizeof(first_plt_entry);
7427 unsigned int plt_rel_offset = 0;
7428 unsigned int got_offset = 12;
7429 const unsigned int count = this->count_;
7430 for (unsigned int i = 0;
7433 pov += sizeof(plt_entry),
7435 plt_offset += sizeof(plt_entry),
7436 plt_rel_offset += rel_size,
7439 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7440 int32_t offset = ((got_address + got_offset)
7441 - (plt_address + plt_offset + 8));
7443 gold_assert(offset >= 0 && offset < 0x0fffffff);
7444 uint32_t plt_insn0 = plt_entry[0] | ((offset >> 20) & 0xff);
7445 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt_insn0);
7446 uint32_t plt_insn1 = plt_entry[1] | ((offset >> 12) & 0xff);
7447 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, plt_insn1);
7448 uint32_t plt_insn2 = plt_entry[2] | (offset & 0xfff);
7449 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, plt_insn2);
7451 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7452 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(got_pov, plt_address);
7455 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size);
7456 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size);
7458 of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
7459 of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view);
7462 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7464 template<bool big_endian>
7466 Target_arm<big_endian>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
7469 if (gsym->has_plt_offset())
7472 if (this->plt_ == NULL)
7474 // Create the GOT sections first.
7475 this->got_section(symtab, layout);
7477 this->plt_ = new Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>(layout, this->got_plt_);
7478 layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
7480 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR),
7481 this->plt_, ORDER_PLT, false);
7483 this->plt_->add_entry(gsym);
7486 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
7488 template<bool big_endian>
7490 Target_arm<big_endian>::plt_entry_count() const
7492 if (this->plt_ == NULL)
7494 return this->plt_->entry_count();
7497 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7499 template<bool big_endian>
7501 Target_arm<big_endian>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
7503 return Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::first_plt_entry_offset();
7506 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
7508 template<bool big_endian>
7510 Target_arm<big_endian>::plt_entry_size() const
7512 return Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::get_plt_entry_size();
7515 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7517 template<bool big_endian>
7518 typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Reloc_section*
7519 Target_arm<big_endian>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout* layout) const
7521 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout);
7524 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7526 template<bool big_endian>
7528 Target_arm<big_endian>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7529 Symbol_table* symtab,
7532 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_)
7535 Output_segment* tls_segment = layout->tls_segment();
7536 if (tls_segment != NULL)
7538 bool is_exec = parameters->options().output_is_executable();
7539 symtab->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL,
7540 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
7544 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
7546 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7547 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START),
7550 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_ = true;
7553 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7555 template<bool big_endian>
7557 Target_arm<big_endian>::got_mod_index_entry(
7558 Symbol_table* symtab,
7560 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object)
7562 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_ == -1U)
7564 gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL && object != NULL);
7565 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got = this->got_section(symtab, layout);
7566 unsigned int got_offset;
7567 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
7569 got_offset = got->add_constant(0);
7570 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = this->rel_dyn_section(layout);
7571 rel_dyn->add_local(object, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32, got,
7576 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7578 got_offset = got->add_constant(1);
7581 got->add_constant(0);
7582 this->got_mod_index_offset_ = got_offset;
7584 return this->got_mod_index_offset_;
7587 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7588 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7589 // known at link time.
7591 template<bool big_endian>
7592 tls::Tls_optimization
7593 Target_arm<big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7595 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7596 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
7599 // Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation.
7601 template<bool big_endian>
7603 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type)
7607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
7608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7611 // No symbol reference.
7614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
7615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
7616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
7617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
7618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
7619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
7620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
7622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
7625 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF;
7627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
7628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
7629 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
7630 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
7631 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
7632 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
7634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7635 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
7637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
7638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
7639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
7640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
7641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
7642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
7643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
7644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
7645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
7646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
7647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
7648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
7649 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
7650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
7651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
7652 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
7653 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
7654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
7655 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
7656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
7657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
7658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
7659 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
7660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
7661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
7662 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
7663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
7664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
7665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
7666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
7668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
7669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7670 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
7671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
7672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
7673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12:
7674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
7675 return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
7677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
7678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
7679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
7683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
7686 // R_ARM_PREL31 is not used to relocate call/jump instructions but
7687 // in unwind tables. It may point to functions via PLTs.
7688 // So we treat it like call/jump relocations above.
7689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
7690 return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL | Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
7692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
7693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
7694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
7696 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF;
7698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
7699 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
7700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
7701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
7702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
7703 return Symbol::TLS_REF;
7705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
7706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
7707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
7708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
7709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
7710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
7711 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
7712 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
7713 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
7714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
7716 // Not expected. We will give an error later.
7721 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7723 template<bool big_endian>
7725 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7726 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
7727 unsigned int r_type)
7729 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7730 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
7733 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7734 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7735 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7736 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7737 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7738 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7739 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7741 template<bool big_endian>
7743 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj* object,
7744 unsigned int r_type)
7748 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
7750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
7751 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
7752 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
7753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
7754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
7755 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
7756 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7758 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32:
7759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32:
7760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32:
7765 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7766 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7767 // error per object file.
7768 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_)
7770 const Arm_reloc_property* reloc_property =
7771 arm_reloc_property_table->get_reloc_property(r_type);
7772 gold_assert(reloc_property != NULL);
7773 object->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7774 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7775 reloc_property->name().c_str());
7776 this->issued_non_pic_error_ = true;
7780 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
7785 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7786 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7787 // on ARM v5te devices.
7789 template<bool big_endian>
7791 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::local(Symbol_table* symtab,
7794 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
7795 unsigned int data_shndx,
7796 Output_section* output_section,
7797 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc,
7798 unsigned int r_type,
7799 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>& lsym)
7801 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
7804 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
7805 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
7806 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY:
7807 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7810 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
7811 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
7812 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7813 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7814 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7815 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7816 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7817 // relocate it easily.
7818 if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
7820 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
7821 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7822 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7823 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7824 rel_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE,
7825 output_section, data_shndx,
7826 reloc.get_r_offset());
7830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
7831 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
7832 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
7833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
7834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
7835 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7836 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
7837 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7838 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
7839 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7840 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7841 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7842 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7843 // relocation statically.
7844 if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
7846 check_non_pic(object, r_type);
7847 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
7848 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7849 if (lsym.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION)
7850 rel_dyn->add_local(object, r_sym, r_type, output_section,
7851 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
7854 gold_assert(lsym.get_st_value() == 0);
7855 unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx();
7857 shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx,
7860 object->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7863 rel_dyn->add_local_section(object, shndx,
7864 r_type, output_section,
7865 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
7870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
7871 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
7872 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
7873 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
7874 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
7875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
7876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
7877 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
7878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
7879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
7880 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
7881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
7882 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7883 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
7884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
7886 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
7887 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
7888 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
7889 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
7890 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
7891 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
7892 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
7893 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
7894 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
7895 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
7896 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
7897 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
7898 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
7899 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
7900 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
7901 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
7902 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
7903 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
7904 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
7905 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
7906 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
7907 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
7908 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
7909 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
7910 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
7911 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
7912 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
7913 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
7914 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
7915 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
7916 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
7917 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
7918 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7919 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
7920 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
7921 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7922 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
7923 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
7924 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
7925 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
7926 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7927 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7930 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
7931 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12:
7932 // We need a GOT section:
7933 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
7936 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
7937 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
7939 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7940 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got =
7941 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
7942 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7943 if (got->add_local(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD))
7945 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7946 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7947 if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
7949 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
7950 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7951 rel_dyn->add_local_relative(
7952 object, r_sym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE, got,
7953 object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
7959 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
7960 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
7961 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
7964 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
7965 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
7966 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
7967 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7968 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7969 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7970 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
7974 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7976 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
7977 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
7978 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
7979 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
7980 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
7982 bool output_is_shared = parameters->options().shared();
7983 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7984 = Target_arm<big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared,
7988 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
7989 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
7991 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7992 // dtv-relative offset.
7993 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got
7994 = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
7995 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7996 unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx();
7998 shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx, &is_ordinary);
8001 object->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
8006 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
8007 got->add_local_pair_with_rel(object, r_sym, shndx,
8009 target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
8010 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0);
8012 got->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR,
8016 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
8021 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
8023 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8024 target->got_mod_index_entry(symtab, layout, object);
8027 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8031 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
8034 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
8035 layout->set_has_static_tls();
8036 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
8038 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8039 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got
8040 = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8041 unsigned int r_sym =
8042 elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
8043 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
8044 got->add_local_with_rel(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
8045 target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
8046 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32);
8047 else if (!object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym,
8048 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET))
8050 got->add_local(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET);
8051 unsigned int got_offset =
8052 object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET);
8053 got->add_static_reloc(got_offset,
8054 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32, object,
8059 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
8064 layout->set_has_static_tls();
8065 if (output_is_shared)
8067 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8068 gold_assert(lsym.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION);
8069 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
8070 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8071 rel_dyn->add_local(object, r_sym, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32,
8072 output_section, data_shndx,
8073 reloc.get_r_offset());
8083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
8084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
8085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
8086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
8088 unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type);
8093 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
8095 template<bool big_endian>
8097 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
8098 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
8099 unsigned int r_type,
8102 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
8103 object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->demangled_name().c_str());
8106 template<bool big_endian>
8108 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
8109 unsigned int r_type)
8113 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
8114 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
8115 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
8116 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
8117 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
8118 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
8119 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
8120 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
8121 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
8122 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
8123 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
8124 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
8125 // All the relocations above are branches except SBREL31 and PREL31.
8129 // Be conservative and assume this is a function pointer.
8134 template<bool big_endian>
8136 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8139 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
8140 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*,
8143 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&,
8144 unsigned int r_type,
8145 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>&)
8147 r_type = target->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
8148 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type);
8151 template<bool big_endian>
8153 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8156 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
8157 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*,
8160 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&,
8161 unsigned int r_type,
8164 // GOT is not a function.
8165 if (strcmp(gsym->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8168 r_type = target->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
8169 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type);
8172 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
8174 template<bool big_endian>
8176 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::global(Symbol_table* symtab,
8179 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
8180 unsigned int data_shndx,
8181 Output_section* output_section,
8182 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc,
8183 unsigned int r_type,
8186 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
8187 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
8188 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
8189 if (!target->has_got_section()
8190 && strcmp(gsym->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8191 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8193 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
8196 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
8197 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
8198 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY:
8199 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8202 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
8203 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
8204 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
8205 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
8206 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
8207 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
8208 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
8209 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
8210 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
8211 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
8212 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
8213 // Absolute addressing relocations.
8215 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
8216 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym))
8218 target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
8219 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
8220 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
8221 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
8223 if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters->options().shared())
8224 gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value();
8226 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8227 if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
8229 if (gsym->may_need_copy_reloc())
8231 target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
8232 data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc);
8234 else if ((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
8235 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI)
8236 && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
8238 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8239 rel_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE,
8240 output_section, object,
8241 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
8245 check_non_pic(object, r_type);
8246 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8247 rel_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object,
8248 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
8254 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
8255 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12:
8256 // We need a GOT section.
8257 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
8261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
8262 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
8263 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
8264 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
8265 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
8266 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
8267 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
8268 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
8269 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
8270 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
8271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
8272 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
8273 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
8274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
8275 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
8276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
8277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
8278 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
8279 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
8280 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
8281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
8282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
8283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
8284 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
8285 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
8286 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
8287 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
8288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
8289 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
8290 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
8291 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
8292 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
8293 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
8294 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
8295 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
8296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
8297 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
8298 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
8299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
8300 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
8301 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
8302 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
8303 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
8304 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
8305 // Relative addressing relocations.
8307 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8308 if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
8310 if (target->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym))
8312 target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
8313 data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc);
8317 check_non_pic(object, r_type);
8318 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8319 rel_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object,
8320 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
8326 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
8327 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
8328 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
8329 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
8330 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
8331 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
8332 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
8333 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
8334 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
8335 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
8336 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
8337 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
8338 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
8339 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
8340 // call the personality routine and the dynamic linkers we care about
8341 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
8342 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
8343 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
8344 // a local section symbol.
8346 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
8347 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
8348 if (gsym->final_value_is_known())
8350 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
8351 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
8353 if (gsym->is_defined()
8354 && !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
8355 && !gsym->is_preemptible())
8357 target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
8360 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
8361 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
8362 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
8364 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
8365 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got =
8366 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8367 if (gsym->final_value_is_known())
8368 got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
8371 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
8372 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
8373 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8374 if (gsym->is_from_dynobj()
8375 || gsym->is_undefined()
8376 || gsym->is_preemptible())
8377 got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
8378 rel_dyn, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
8381 if (got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD))
8382 rel_dyn->add_global_relative(
8383 gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE, got,
8384 gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
8390 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
8391 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
8392 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
8394 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
8395 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
8396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
8397 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
8398 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8399 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8400 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8401 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
8404 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8406 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
8407 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
8408 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
8409 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
8410 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
8412 const bool is_final = gsym->final_value_is_known();
8413 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8414 = Target_arm<big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type);
8417 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
8418 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
8420 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
8421 // dtv-relative offset.
8422 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got
8423 = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8424 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
8425 got->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR,
8426 target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
8427 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32,
8428 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32);
8430 got->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR, gsym);
8433 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8437 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
8438 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
8440 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8441 target->got_mod_index_entry(symtab, layout, object);
8444 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8448 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
8451 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
8452 layout->set_has_static_tls();
8453 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
8455 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8456 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got
8457 = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8458 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
8459 got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
8460 target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
8461 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32);
8462 else if (!gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET))
8464 got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET);
8465 unsigned int got_offset =
8466 gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET);
8467 got->add_static_reloc(got_offset,
8468 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32, gsym);
8472 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8476 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
8477 layout->set_has_static_tls();
8478 if (parameters->options().shared())
8480 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8481 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8482 rel_dyn->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32,
8483 output_section, object,
8484 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
8494 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
8495 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
8496 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
8497 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
8499 unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym);
8504 // Process relocations for gc.
8506 template<bool big_endian>
8508 Target_arm<big_endian>::gc_process_relocs(
8509 Symbol_table* symtab,
8511 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
8512 unsigned int data_shndx,
8514 const unsigned char* prelocs,
8516 Output_section* output_section,
8517 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
8518 size_t local_symbol_count,
8519 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
8521 typedef Target_arm<big_endian> Arm;
8522 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan Scan;
8524 gold::gc_process_relocs<32, big_endian, Arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL, Scan,
8525 typename Target_arm::Relocatable_size_for_reloc>(
8534 needs_special_offset_handling,
8539 // Scan relocations for a section.
8541 template<bool big_endian>
8543 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
8545 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
8546 unsigned int data_shndx,
8547 unsigned int sh_type,
8548 const unsigned char* prelocs,
8550 Output_section* output_section,
8551 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
8552 size_t local_symbol_count,
8553 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
8555 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan Scan;
8556 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
8558 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
8559 object->name().c_str());
8563 gold::scan_relocs<32, big_endian, Target_arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL, Scan>(
8572 needs_special_offset_handling,
8577 // Finalize the sections.
8579 template<bool big_endian>
8581 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_finalize_sections(
8583 const Input_objects* input_objects,
8584 Symbol_table* symtab)
8586 bool merged_any_attributes = false;
8587 // Merge processor-specific flags.
8588 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
8589 p != input_objects->relobj_end();
8592 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
8593 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*p);
8594 if (arm_relobj->merge_flags_and_attributes())
8596 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8598 arm_relobj->processor_specific_flags());
8599 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj->name().c_str(),
8600 arm_relobj->attributes_section_data());
8601 merged_any_attributes = true;
8605 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p = input_objects->dynobj_begin();
8606 p != input_objects->dynobj_end();
8609 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>* arm_dynobj =
8610 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>::as_arm_dynobj(*p);
8611 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8613 arm_dynobj->processor_specific_flags());
8614 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj->name().c_str(),
8615 arm_dynobj->attributes_section_data());
8616 merged_any_attributes = true;
8619 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
8620 // at this moment. This happens if there is no attributes sections in all
8622 if (this->attributes_section_data_ == NULL)
8623 this->attributes_section_data_ = new Attributes_section_data(NULL, 0);
8625 const Object_attribute* cpu_arch_attr =
8626 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
8627 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
8628 if (parameters->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
8629 this->fix_cortex_a8_ = parameters->options().fix_cortex_a8();
8632 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
8633 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
8635 const Object_attribute* cpu_arch_profile_attr =
8636 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile);
8637 this->fix_cortex_a8_ =
8638 (cpu_arch_attr->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
8639 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr->int_value() == 'A'
8640 || cpu_arch_profile_attr->int_value() == 0));
8643 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
8644 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8645 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8646 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8647 && !this->may_use_v4t_interworking())
8648 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8649 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8651 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8652 const Reloc_section* rel_plt = (this->plt_ == NULL
8654 : this->plt_->rel_plt());
8655 layout->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_, rel_plt,
8656 this->rel_dyn_, true, false);
8658 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8660 if (this->copy_relocs_.any_saved_relocs())
8661 this->copy_relocs_.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout));
8663 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8664 Output_section* exidx_section = layout->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8666 if (!parameters->options().relocatable())
8668 if (exidx_section != NULL
8669 && exidx_section->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
8671 // Create __exidx_start and __exidx_end symbols.
8672 symtab->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL,
8673 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
8674 exidx_section, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
8675 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN,
8677 symtab->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL,
8678 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
8679 exidx_section, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
8680 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN,
8683 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8684 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8685 if (!layout->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8687 gold_assert(layout->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX, 0,
8690 Output_segment* exidx_segment =
8691 layout->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX, elfcpp::PF_R);
8692 exidx_segment->add_output_section_to_nonload(exidx_section,
8698 symtab->define_as_constant("__exidx_start", NULL,
8699 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
8700 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
8701 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
8703 symtab->define_as_constant("__exidx_end", NULL,
8704 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
8705 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
8706 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
8711 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if we have merged any attributes
8713 if (merged_any_attributes)
8715 Output_attributes_section_data* attributes_section =
8716 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_);
8717 layout->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8718 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES, 0,
8719 attributes_section, ORDER_INVALID,
8723 // Fix up links in section EXIDX headers.
8724 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = layout->section_list().begin();
8725 p != layout->section_list().end();
8727 if ((*p)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
8729 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* os =
8730 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
8731 os->set_exidx_section_link();
8735 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8736 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8737 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8738 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8739 // apply the static relocation.
8741 template<bool big_endian>
8743 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8744 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
8745 unsigned int r_type,
8747 Output_section* output_section)
8749 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8750 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8752 if ((output_section->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
8755 int ref_flags = Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type);
8757 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8758 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8759 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8760 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8762 return !(parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()
8763 && (ref_flags & Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF)
8766 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8767 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8768 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8770 bool has_dyn = gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags);
8771 bool is_rel = (ref_flags & Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF)
8772 && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8773 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL);
8774 return !has_dyn || is_rel;
8777 // Perform a relocation.
8779 template<bool big_endian>
8781 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate::relocate(
8782 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
8784 Output_section* output_section,
8786 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& rel,
8787 unsigned int r_type,
8788 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
8789 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
8790 unsigned char* view,
8791 Arm_address address,
8792 section_size_type view_size)
8794 typedef Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> Arm_relocate_functions;
8796 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
8797 const Arm_reloc_property* reloc_property =
8798 arm_reloc_property_table->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type);
8799 if (reloc_property == NULL)
8801 std::string reloc_name =
8802 arm_reloc_property_table->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type);
8803 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
8804 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8805 reloc_name.c_str());
8809 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object =
8810 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
8812 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8813 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8814 Arm_address thumb_bit = 0;
8815 Symbol_value<32> symval;
8816 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt = false;
8817 bool have_got_offset = false;
8818 unsigned int got_offset = 0;
8820 // If the relocation uses the GOT entry of a symbol instead of the symbol
8821 // itself, we don't care about whether the symbol is defined or what kind
8823 if (reloc_property->uses_got_entry())
8825 // Get the GOT offset.
8826 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8827 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8828 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8829 // TODO: We should move GOT offset computing code in TLS relocations
8833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
8834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
8837 gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
8838 got_offset = (gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
8839 - target->got_size());
8843 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
8844 gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym,
8845 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
8846 got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
8847 - target->got_size());
8849 have_got_offset = true;
8856 else if (relnum != Target_arm<big_endian>::fake_relnum_for_stubs)
8860 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8861 // final target is THUMB.
8862 if (gsym->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
8864 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8865 symval.set_output_value(target->plt_section()->address()
8866 + gsym->plt_offset());
8869 else if (gsym->is_weak_undefined())
8871 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8872 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8873 // be converted into an NOP.
8874 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt = true;
8876 else if (gsym->is_undefined() && reloc_property->uses_symbol())
8878 // This relocation uses the symbol value but the symbol is
8879 // undefined. Exit early and have the caller reporting an
8885 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8886 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8887 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8889 (((gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
8890 || (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8891 && !gsym->is_undefined()
8892 && ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8899 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8900 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8901 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = rel.get_r_info();
8902 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
8903 thumb_bit = object->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym) ? 1 : 0;
8908 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8909 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8910 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8911 thumb_bit = ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0);
8914 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8916 && reloc_property->uses_thumb_bit()
8917 && ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0))
8919 Arm_address stripped_value =
8920 psymval->value(object, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address>(1);
8921 symval.set_output_value(stripped_value);
8925 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8927 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
8929 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8930 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8931 Arm_address sym_origin = 0;
8932 if (reloc_property->uses_symbol_base())
8934 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS && gsym == NULL)
8935 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8936 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8937 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8938 sym_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
8939 else if (gsym == NULL)
8941 else if (gsym->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT)
8942 sym_origin = gsym->output_segment()->vaddr();
8943 else if (gsym->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA)
8944 sym_origin = gsym->output_data()->address();
8946 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8947 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8948 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8951 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8952 Arm_address relative_address_base = 0;
8953 switch(reloc_property->relative_address_base())
8955 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE:
8956 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8957 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8958 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS:
8959 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp:
8961 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S:
8962 relative_address_base = sym_origin;
8964 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG:
8965 relative_address_base = target->got_plt_section()->address();
8967 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P:
8968 relative_address_base = address;
8970 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa:
8971 relative_address_base = address & 0xfffffffcU;
8977 typename Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status =
8978 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY;
8979 bool check_overflow = reloc_property->checks_overflow();
8982 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
8985 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
8986 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8987 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view, object, psymval);
8990 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
8991 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8992 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view, object, psymval);
8995 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
8996 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8997 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view, object, psymval);
9000 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
9001 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, true, output_section))
9002 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view, object, psymval,
9006 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
9007 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, true, output_section))
9008 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
9009 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view, object, psymval,
9013 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
9014 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
9015 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view, object, psymval,
9020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
9021 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
9022 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view, object, psymval, 0);
9025 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
9026 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
9027 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view, object, psymval,
9028 0, thumb_bit, false);
9031 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
9032 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
9033 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view, object,
9037 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
9038 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
9039 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
9041 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view, object, psymval,
9042 relative_address_base, thumb_bit,
9046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
9047 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
9049 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view, object, psymval,
9050 relative_address_base);
9053 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
9054 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
9055 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
9057 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view, object, psymval,
9058 relative_address_base,
9059 thumb_bit, check_overflow);
9062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
9063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
9065 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view, object, psymval,
9066 relative_address_base);
9069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
9070 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view, object, psymval,
9071 address, thumb_bit);
9074 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
9075 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
9076 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view, object, psymval);
9079 // Thumb long branches.
9080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
9081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
9082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
9084 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
9085 r_type, relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym, psymval, address,
9086 thumb_bit, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
9089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
9091 Arm_address got_origin;
9092 got_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
9093 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view, object, psymval,
9094 got_origin, thumb_bit);
9098 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
9099 gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
9101 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view, sym_origin, address);
9104 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
9105 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
9106 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view, sym_origin);
9109 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
9110 gold_assert(have_got_offset);
9111 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view, got_offset);
9114 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
9115 gold_assert(have_got_offset);
9116 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
9117 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
9118 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
9119 Arm_address got_origin;
9120 got_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
9121 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view,
9122 got_origin + got_offset,
9126 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
9127 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
9128 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
9129 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25:
9130 gold_assert(gsym == NULL
9131 || gsym->has_plt_offset()
9132 || gsym->final_value_is_known()
9133 || (gsym->is_defined()
9134 && !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
9135 && !gsym->is_preemptible()));
9137 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
9138 r_type, relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym, psymval, address,
9139 thumb_bit, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
9142 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
9144 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view, object, psymval, address,
9148 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
9150 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view, object, psymval, address);
9153 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
9155 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view, object, psymval, address);
9158 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
9160 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view, object, psymval, address);
9163 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
9164 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view, object, psymval,
9165 address, thumb_bit);
9168 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
9169 if (target->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE)
9171 const bool is_v4bx_interworking =
9172 (target->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING);
9174 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo, view, object, address,
9175 is_v4bx_interworking);
9179 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
9181 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view, object, psymval, address);
9184 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
9186 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view, object, psymval, address);
9189 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
9191 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view, object, psymval, address,
9195 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
9196 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
9197 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
9198 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
9199 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
9200 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
9201 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
9202 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
9203 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
9204 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
9206 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval,
9207 reloc_property->group_index(),
9208 relative_address_base,
9209 thumb_bit, check_overflow);
9212 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
9213 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
9214 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
9215 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
9216 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
9217 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
9219 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view, object, psymval,
9220 reloc_property->group_index(),
9221 relative_address_base);
9224 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
9225 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
9226 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
9227 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
9228 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
9229 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
9231 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view, object, psymval,
9232 reloc_property->group_index(),
9233 relative_address_base);
9236 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
9237 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
9238 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
9239 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
9240 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
9241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
9243 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view, object, psymval,
9244 reloc_property->group_index(),
9245 relative_address_base);
9248 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
9250 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
9251 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
9252 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
9253 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
9254 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
9256 this->relocate_tls(relinfo, target, relnum, rel, r_type, gsym, psymval,
9257 view, address, view_size);
9260 // The known and unknown unsupported and/or deprecated relocations.
9261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
9262 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
9263 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
9264 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
9266 // Just silently leave the method. We should get an appropriate error
9267 // message in the scan methods.
9271 // Report any errors.
9272 switch (reloc_status)
9274 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY:
9276 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW:
9277 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
9278 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9279 reloc_property->name().c_str());
9281 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC:
9282 gold_error_at_location(
9286 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9287 reloc_property->name().c_str());
9296 // Perform a TLS relocation.
9298 template<bool big_endian>
9299 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
9300 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
9301 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9302 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
9304 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& rel,
9305 unsigned int r_type,
9306 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
9307 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
9308 unsigned char* view,
9309 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr address,
9310 section_size_type /*view_size*/ )
9312 typedef Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> ArmRelocFuncs;
9313 typedef Relocate_functions<32, big_endian> RelocFuncs;
9314 Output_segment* tls_segment = relinfo->layout->tls_segment();
9316 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object = relinfo->object;
9318 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr value = psymval->value(object, 0);
9320 const bool is_final = (gsym == NULL
9321 ? !parameters->options().shared()
9322 : gsym->final_value_is_known());
9323 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9324 = Target_arm<big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type);
9327 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
9329 unsigned int got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR;
9330 unsigned int got_offset;
9333 gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(got_type));
9334 got_offset = gsym->got_offset(got_type) - target->got_size();
9338 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
9339 gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, got_type));
9340 got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, got_type)
9341 - target->got_size());
9343 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9345 Arm_address got_entry =
9346 target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
9348 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9350 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view, got_entry, address);
9351 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9356 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
9357 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9359 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9360 // the module index.
9361 unsigned int got_offset;
9362 got_offset = (target->got_mod_index_entry(NULL, NULL, NULL)
9363 - target->got_size());
9364 Arm_address got_entry =
9365 target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
9367 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9369 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view, got_entry, address);
9370 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9374 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
9375 RelocFuncs::rel32(view, value);
9376 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9378 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
9379 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9381 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9382 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
9383 unsigned int got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET;
9384 unsigned int got_offset;
9387 gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(got_type));
9388 got_offset = gsym->got_offset(got_type);
9392 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
9393 gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, got_type));
9394 got_offset = object->local_got_offset(r_sym, got_type);
9397 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
9398 got_offset -= target->got_size();
9400 Arm_address got_entry =
9401 target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
9403 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
9404 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view, got_entry, address);
9405 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9409 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
9410 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
9411 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
9412 if (!parameters->options().shared())
9414 gold_assert(tls_segment != NULL);
9416 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
9417 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
9418 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size =
9419 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE, tls_segment->maximum_alignment());
9420 RelocFuncs::rel32(view, value + aligned_tcb_size);
9423 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9429 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
9430 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
9432 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
9435 // Relocate section data.
9437 template<bool big_endian>
9439 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_section(
9440 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9441 unsigned int sh_type,
9442 const unsigned char* prelocs,
9444 Output_section* output_section,
9445 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
9446 unsigned char* view,
9447 Arm_address address,
9448 section_size_type view_size,
9449 const Reloc_symbol_changes* reloc_symbol_changes)
9451 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate Arm_relocate;
9452 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
9454 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
9455 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
9456 if (needs_special_offset_handling)
9458 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
9459 output_section->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo->object,
9460 relinfo->data_shndx);
9463 Arm_address section_address = poris->address();
9464 section_size_type section_size = poris->data_size();
9466 gold_assert((section_address >= address)
9467 && ((section_address + section_size)
9468 <= (address + view_size)));
9470 off_t offset = section_address - address;
9473 view_size = section_size;
9477 gold::relocate_section<32, big_endian, Target_arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL,
9484 needs_special_offset_handling,
9488 reloc_symbol_changes);
9491 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
9494 template<bool big_endian>
9496 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
9497 unsigned int r_type,
9500 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
9501 const Arm_reloc_property* arp =
9502 arm_reloc_property_table->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type);
9507 std::string reloc_name =
9508 arm_reloc_property_table->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type);
9509 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
9510 object->name().c_str(), reloc_name.c_str());
9515 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
9517 template<bool big_endian>
9519 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
9520 Symbol_table* symtab,
9522 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
9523 unsigned int data_shndx,
9524 unsigned int sh_type,
9525 const unsigned char* prelocs,
9527 Output_section* output_section,
9528 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
9529 size_t local_symbol_count,
9530 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
9531 Relocatable_relocs* rr)
9533 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
9535 typedef Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs<big_endian, elfcpp::SHT_REL,
9536 Relocatable_size_for_reloc> Scan_relocatable_relocs;
9538 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<32, big_endian, elfcpp::SHT_REL,
9539 Scan_relocatable_relocs>(
9547 needs_special_offset_handling,
9553 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
9555 template<bool big_endian>
9557 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_for_relocatable(
9558 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9559 unsigned int sh_type,
9560 const unsigned char* prelocs,
9562 Output_section* output_section,
9563 off_t offset_in_output_section,
9564 const Relocatable_relocs* rr,
9565 unsigned char* view,
9566 Arm_address view_address,
9567 section_size_type view_size,
9568 unsigned char* reloc_view,
9569 section_size_type reloc_view_size)
9571 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
9573 gold::relocate_for_relocatable<32, big_endian, elfcpp::SHT_REL>(
9578 offset_in_output_section,
9587 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
9588 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
9590 template<bool big_endian>
9592 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_special_relocatable(
9593 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9594 unsigned int sh_type,
9595 const unsigned char* preloc_in,
9597 Output_section* output_section,
9598 off_t offset_in_output_section,
9599 unsigned char* view,
9600 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr view_address,
9602 unsigned char* preloc_out)
9604 // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
9605 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
9607 typedef typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc Reltype;
9608 typedef typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc_write
9610 const Arm_address invalid_address = static_cast<Arm_address>(0) - 1;
9612 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object =
9613 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
9614 const unsigned int local_count = object->local_symbol_count();
9616 Reltype reloc(preloc_in);
9617 Reltype_write reloc_write(preloc_out);
9619 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
9620 const unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
9621 const unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(r_info);
9623 const Arm_reloc_property* arp =
9624 arm_reloc_property_table->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type);
9625 gold_assert(arp != NULL);
9627 // Get the new symbol index.
9628 // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
9629 gold_assert(r_sym < local_count);
9631 // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find
9632 // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
9633 // the output section corresponding to input section
9634 // in which this symbol is defined.
9636 unsigned int shndx = object->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym, &is_ordinary);
9637 gold_assert(is_ordinary);
9638 Output_section* os = object->output_section(shndx);
9639 gold_assert(os != NULL);
9640 gold_assert(os->needs_symtab_index());
9641 unsigned int new_symndx = os->symtab_index();
9643 // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
9644 // this relocation should be applied.
9646 Arm_address offset = reloc.get_r_offset();
9647 Arm_address new_offset;
9648 if (offset_in_output_section != invalid_address)
9649 new_offset = offset + offset_in_output_section;
9652 section_offset_type sot_offset =
9653 convert_types<section_offset_type, Arm_address>(offset);
9654 section_offset_type new_sot_offset =
9655 output_section->output_offset(object, relinfo->data_shndx,
9657 gold_assert(new_sot_offset != -1);
9658 new_offset = new_sot_offset;
9661 // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
9662 // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
9663 // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
9664 if (!parameters->options().relocatable())
9666 new_offset += view_address;
9667 if (offset_in_output_section != invalid_address)
9668 new_offset -= offset_in_output_section;
9671 reloc_write.put_r_offset(new_offset);
9672 reloc_write.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info<32>(new_symndx, r_type));
9674 // Handle the reloc addend.
9675 // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
9676 // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
9677 // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in
9678 // the input section. We need the relocation in the output
9679 // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to
9680 // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
9681 // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
9683 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval = object->local_symbol(r_sym);
9685 // Handle THUMB bit.
9686 Symbol_value<32> symval;
9687 Arm_address thumb_bit =
9688 object->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym) ? 1 : 0;
9690 && arp->uses_thumb_bit()
9691 && ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0))
9693 Arm_address stripped_value =
9694 psymval->value(object, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address>(1);
9695 symval.set_output_value(stripped_value);
9699 unsigned char* paddend = view + offset;
9700 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status reloc_status =
9701 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::STATUS_OKAY;
9704 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
9705 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::abs8(paddend, object,
9709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
9710 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::abs12(paddend, object,
9714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
9715 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::abs16(paddend, object,
9719 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
9720 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_abs5(paddend,
9725 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
9726 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
9727 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
9728 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
9729 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::movw(
9730 paddend, object, psymval, 0, thumb_bit, arp->checks_overflow());
9733 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
9734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
9735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
9736 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
9737 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_movw(
9738 paddend, object, psymval, 0, thumb_bit, arp->checks_overflow());
9741 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
9742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
9743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
9745 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thumb_branch_common(
9746 r_type, relinfo, paddend, NULL, object, 0, psymval, 0, thumb_bit,
9750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
9751 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
9752 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
9753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25:
9755 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::arm_branch_common(
9756 r_type, relinfo, paddend, NULL, object, 0, psymval, 0, thumb_bit,
9760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
9762 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump19(paddend, object,
9763 psymval, 0, thumb_bit);
9766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
9768 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump6(paddend, object, psymval,
9772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
9774 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump8(paddend, object, psymval,
9778 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
9780 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump11(paddend, object, psymval,
9784 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
9786 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::prel31(paddend, object, psymval, 0,
9790 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
9792 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_pc8(paddend, object, psymval,
9796 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
9798 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_pc12(paddend, object, psymval,
9802 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
9804 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_alu11(paddend, object, psymval,
9808 // These relocation truncate relocation results so we cannot handle them
9809 // in a relocatable link.
9810 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
9811 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
9812 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
9813 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
9814 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
9815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
9816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
9817 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
9818 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
9819 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
9820 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
9821 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
9822 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
9823 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
9824 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
9825 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
9826 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
9827 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
9828 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
9829 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
9830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
9831 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
9832 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
9833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
9834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
9835 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
9836 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
9837 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
9838 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
9839 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
9840 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
9841 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
9842 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
9843 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
9844 gold_error(_("cannot handle %s in a relocatable link"),
9845 arp->name().c_str());
9852 // Report any errors.
9853 switch (reloc_status)
9855 case Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::STATUS_OKAY:
9857 case Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::STATUS_OVERFLOW:
9858 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, reloc.get_r_offset(),
9859 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9860 arp->name().c_str());
9862 case Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::STATUS_BAD_RELOC:
9863 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, reloc.get_r_offset(),
9864 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9865 arp->name().c_str());
9872 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
9873 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
9874 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
9875 // processor specific ABI supplement.
9877 template<bool big_endian>
9879 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const
9881 gold_assert(gsym->is_from_dynobj() && gsym->has_plt_offset());
9882 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym->plt_offset();
9885 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
9887 template<bool big_endian>
9889 Target_arm<big_endian>::get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type)
9893 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
9894 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
9895 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32;
9897 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
9898 // This can be any reloc type but usually is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
9899 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL;
9906 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
9908 template<bool big_endian>
9910 Target_arm<big_endian>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
9911 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1,
9912 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2)
9914 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
9915 // so allow mixing them.
9916 if ((v1 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN || v2 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
9917 || (v1 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4 && v2 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5)
9918 || (v1 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5 && v2 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4))
9924 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
9925 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
9926 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
9927 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9929 template<bool big_endian>
9931 Target_arm<big_endian>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
9932 const std::string& name,
9933 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags)
9935 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
9937 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags = this->processor_specific_flags();
9939 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
9940 if (flags == out_flags)
9943 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
9944 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1 = elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags);
9945 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2 = elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags);
9946 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1, version2)
9947 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
9948 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
9949 "EABI version %d."),
9951 (flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24,
9952 (out_flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24);
9956 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
9957 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
9958 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
9959 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
9960 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
9961 // to the default values.
9965 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
9966 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
9967 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK);
9971 // Adjust ELF file header.
9972 template<bool big_endian>
9974 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_adjust_elf_header(
9975 unsigned char* view,
9978 gold_assert(len == elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size);
9980 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(view);
9981 unsigned char e_ident[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT];
9982 memcpy(e_ident, ehdr.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT);
9984 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9985 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
9986 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_OSABI] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM;
9988 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_OSABI] = 0;
9989 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION] = 0;
9991 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9993 elfcpp::Ehdr_write<32, big_endian> oehdr(view);
9994 oehdr.put_e_ident(e_ident);
9997 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9998 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of
9999 // Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian> to store ARM specific information.
10000 // Hence we need to have our own ELF object creation.
10002 template<bool big_endian>
10004 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_make_elf_object(
10005 const std::string& name,
10006 Input_file* input_file,
10007 off_t offset, const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
10009 int et = ehdr.get_e_type();
10010 if (et == elfcpp::ET_REL)
10012 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* obj =
10013 new Arm_relobj<big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr);
10017 else if (et == elfcpp::ET_DYN)
10019 Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>* obj =
10020 new Arm_dynobj<big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr);
10026 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
10032 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
10033 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
10034 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10036 template<bool big_endian>
10038 Target_arm<big_endian>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10039 const Attributes_section_data* pasd)
10041 const Object_attribute* known_attributes =
10042 pasd->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
10044 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10045 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10046 const std::string& sv =
10047 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].string_value();
10049 && sv.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
10050 && (sv.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
10051 return sv.data()[1];
10053 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
10057 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
10058 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
10059 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10061 template<bool big_endian>
10063 Target_arm<big_endian>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
10064 Attributes_section_data* pasd,
10067 Object_attribute* known_attributes =
10068 pasd->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
10072 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].set_string_value("");
10076 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10077 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10079 sv[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch;
10080 gold_assert(arch != 0);
10084 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].set_string_value(sv);
10087 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
10089 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10091 template<bool big_endian>
10093 Target_arm<big_endian>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
10096 int* secondary_compat_out,
10098 int secondary_compat)
10100 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
10101 static const int v6t2[] =
10103 T(V6T2), // PRE_V4.
10113 static const int v6k[] =
10126 static const int v7[] =
10140 static const int v6_m[] =
10155 static const int v6s_m[] =
10171 static const int v7e_m[] =
10178 T(V7E_M), // V5TEJ.
10185 T(V7E_M), // V6S_M.
10188 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m[] =
10195 T(V5TEJ), // V5TEJ.
10202 T(V6S_M), // V6S_M.
10203 T(V7E_M), // V7E_M.
10204 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M) // V4T plus V6_M.
10206 static const int* comb[] =
10214 // Pseudo-architecture.
10218 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
10220 if (oldtag > elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH || newtag > elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH)
10222 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name);
10226 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
10228 if ((oldtag == T(V6_M) && *secondary_compat_out == T(V4T))
10229 || (oldtag == T(V4T) && *secondary_compat_out == T(V6_M)))
10230 oldtag = T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M);
10232 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
10235 if ((newtag == T(V6_M) && secondary_compat == T(V4T))
10236 || (newtag == T(V4T) && secondary_compat == T(V6_M)))
10237 newtag = T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M);
10239 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
10240 int tagh = std::max(oldtag, newtag);
10241 if (tagh <= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ)
10244 int tagl = std::min(oldtag, newtag);
10245 int result = comb[tagh - T(V6T2)][tagl];
10247 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
10248 // as the canonical version.
10249 if (result == T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M))
10252 *secondary_compat_out = T(V6_M);
10255 *secondary_compat_out = -1;
10259 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
10260 name, oldtag, newtag);
10268 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
10270 template<bool big_endian>
10272 Target_arm<big_endian>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value)
10274 static const char* aeabi_enum_names[] =
10275 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
10276 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size =
10277 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names[0]);
10279 if (value < aeabi_enum_names_size)
10280 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names[value]);
10284 sprintf(buffer, "<unknown value %u>", value);
10285 return std::string(buffer);
10289 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
10291 template<bool big_endian>
10293 Target_arm<big_endian>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value)
10295 static const char* name_table[] = {
10296 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
10297 // that from the architecture version alone.
10313 const size_t name_table_size = sizeof(name_table) / sizeof(name_table[0]);
10315 if (value < name_table_size)
10316 return std::string(name_table[value]);
10320 sprintf(buffer, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value);
10321 return std::string(buffer);
10325 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
10326 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
10328 template<bool big_endian>
10330 Target_arm<big_endian>::merge_object_attributes(
10332 const Attributes_section_data* pasd)
10334 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
10338 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
10339 const int vendor = Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC;
10340 if (this->attributes_section_data_ == NULL)
10342 this->attributes_section_data_ = new Attributes_section_data(*pasd);
10343 Object_attribute* out_attr =
10344 this->attributes_section_data_->known_attributes(vendor);
10346 // We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
10347 // the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
10348 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].int_value() != 0)
10350 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value() != 0
10351 && out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].int_value()
10352 != out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value())
10354 gold_error(_("%s has both the current and legacy "
10355 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10359 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use] =
10360 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy];
10361 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].set_type(0);
10362 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].set_int_value(0);
10368 const Object_attribute* in_attr = pasd->known_attributes(vendor);
10369 Object_attribute* out_attr =
10370 this->attributes_section_data_->known_attributes(vendor);
10372 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
10373 if (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value()
10374 != out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value())
10376 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
10377 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model].int_value() == 0)
10378 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].set_int_value(
10379 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value());
10380 else if (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model].int_value() != 0
10381 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10382 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
10386 for (int i = 4; i < Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES; ++i)
10388 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
10391 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name:
10392 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name:
10393 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
10396 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals:
10397 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals:
10398 // Use the first value seen.
10401 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch:
10403 unsigned int saved_out_attr = out_attr->int_value();
10404 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
10405 int secondary_compat =
10406 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd);
10407 int secondary_compat_out =
10408 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10409 this->attributes_section_data_);
10410 out_attr[i].set_int_value(
10411 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name, out_attr[i].int_value(),
10412 &secondary_compat_out,
10413 in_attr[i].int_value(),
10414 secondary_compat));
10415 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_,
10416 secondary_compat_out);
10418 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
10419 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == saved_out_attr)
10420 ; // Leave the names alone.
10421 else if (out_attr[i].int_value() == in_attr[i].int_value())
10423 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
10424 // input architecture. Use the input names.
10425 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value(
10426 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].string_value());
10427 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].set_string_value(
10428 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].string_value());
10432 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value("");
10433 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].set_string_value("");
10436 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
10437 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
10438 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].string_value() == "")
10440 const std::string cpu_name =
10441 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr[i].int_value());
10442 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
10443 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
10444 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
10445 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value(cpu_name);
10450 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use:
10451 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use:
10452 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch:
10453 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch:
10454 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
10455 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding:
10456 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions:
10457 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions:
10458 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model:
10459 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension:
10460 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access:
10461 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use:
10462 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use:
10463 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use:
10464 // Use the largest value specified.
10465 if (in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
10466 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10469 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved:
10470 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data:
10471 // Use the smallest value specified.
10472 if (in_attr[i].int_value() < out_attr[i].int_value())
10473 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10476 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed:
10477 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() > 0 || out_attr[i].int_value() > 0)
10478 && (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].int_value() == 0
10479 || (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].int_value()
10482 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conforming
10483 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
10485 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
10489 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal:
10490 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use:
10492 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
10493 // 2 = weak requirement.
10494 static const int order_021[3] = {0, 2, 1};
10496 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
10497 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
10498 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() > 2
10499 && in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
10500 || (in_attr[i].int_value() <= 2
10501 && out_attr[i].int_value() <= 2
10502 && (order_021[in_attr[i].int_value()]
10503 > order_021[out_attr[i].int_value()])))
10504 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10508 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile:
10509 if (out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value())
10511 // 0 will merge with anything.
10512 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
10513 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
10514 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
10515 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == 0
10516 || (out_attr[i].int_value() == 'S'
10517 && (in_attr[i].int_value() == 'A'
10518 || in_attr[i].int_value() == 'R')))
10519 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10520 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() == 0
10521 || (in_attr[i].int_value() == 'S'
10522 && (out_attr[i].int_value() == 'A'
10523 || out_attr[i].int_value() == 'R')))
10525 else if (parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10528 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
10529 in_attr[i].int_value() ? in_attr[i].int_value() : '0',
10530 out_attr[i].int_value() ? out_attr[i].int_value() : '0');
10534 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch:
10536 static const struct
10540 } vfp_versions[7] =
10551 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
10553 if (in_attr[i].int_value() > 6
10554 && in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
10556 *out_attr = *in_attr;
10559 // The output uses the superset of input features
10560 // (ISA version) and registers.
10561 int ver = std::max(vfp_versions[in_attr[i].int_value()].ver,
10562 vfp_versions[out_attr[i].int_value()].ver);
10563 int regs = std::max(vfp_versions[in_attr[i].int_value()].regs,
10564 vfp_versions[out_attr[i].int_value()].regs);
10565 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
10568 for (newval = 6; newval > 0; newval--)
10570 if (regs == vfp_versions[newval].regs
10571 && ver == vfp_versions[newval].ver)
10574 out_attr[i].set_int_value(newval);
10577 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config:
10578 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == 0)
10579 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10580 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10581 && out_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10582 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10584 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
10586 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name);
10589 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use:
10590 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value()
10591 && out_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10592 && in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10593 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10595 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name);
10597 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused)
10598 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10600 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data:
10601 if (in_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
10602 && (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use].int_value()
10603 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB)
10604 && (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use].int_value()
10605 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused)
10606 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10608 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
10612 // Use the smallest value specified.
10613 if (in_attr[i].int_value() < out_attr[i].int_value())
10614 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10616 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t:
10617 if (out_attr[i].int_value()
10618 && in_attr[i].int_value()
10619 && out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value()
10620 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch()
10621 && parameters->options().wchar_size_warning())
10623 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
10624 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
10625 "across objects may fail"),
10626 name, in_attr[i].int_value(),
10627 out_attr[i].int_value());
10629 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() && !out_attr[i].int_value())
10630 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10632 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size:
10633 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused)
10635 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
10636 || out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide)
10638 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
10639 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
10640 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10642 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
10643 && out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value()
10644 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch()
10645 && parameters->options().enum_size_warning())
10647 unsigned int in_value = in_attr[i].int_value();
10648 unsigned int out_value = out_attr[i].int_value();
10649 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
10650 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
10653 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value).c_str(),
10654 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value).c_str());
10658 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args:
10661 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args:
10662 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value()
10663 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10665 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
10670 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility:
10671 // Merged in target-independent code.
10673 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use:
10674 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
10675 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() == 1 && out_attr[i].int_value() == 2)
10676 || (in_attr[i].int_value() == 2 && out_attr[i].int_value() == 1))
10677 out_attr[i].set_int_value(3);
10678 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
10679 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10681 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format:
10682 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0 && out_attr[i].int_value() != 0)
10684 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value()
10685 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10686 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
10689 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0)
10690 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10693 case elfcpp::Tag_DIV_use:
10694 // This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
10695 // mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
10696 // SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
10697 // CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
10698 // is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
10699 // the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
10700 // attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
10701 // value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
10703 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 1 && out_attr[i].int_value() != 1)
10705 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value())
10707 gold_error(_("DIV usage mismatch between %s and output"),
10712 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 1)
10713 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10717 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy:
10718 // We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
10719 // move the value to Tag_MPextension_use.
10720 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10721 && in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value() != 0)
10723 if (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value()
10724 != in_attr[i].int_value())
10726 gold_error(_("%s has has both the current and legacy "
10727 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10732 if (in_attr[i].int_value()
10733 > out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value())
10734 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use] = in_attr[i];
10738 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults:
10739 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
10740 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
10741 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
10744 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with:
10745 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
10747 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance:
10748 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
10749 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
10750 if (in_attr[i].string_value() != out_attr[i].string_value())
10751 out_attr[i].set_string_value("");
10756 const char* err_object = NULL;
10758 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
10759 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
10760 if (out_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10761 || out_attr[i].string_value() != "")
10762 err_object = "output";
10763 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10764 || in_attr[i].string_value() != "")
10767 if (err_object != NULL
10768 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10770 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
10771 if ((i & 127) < 64)
10772 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
10776 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10780 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10781 if (!in_attr[i].matches(out_attr[i]))
10783 out_attr[i].set_int_value(0);
10784 out_attr[i].set_string_value("");
10789 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
10790 if (in_attr[i].type() && !out_attr[i].type())
10791 out_attr[i].set_type(in_attr[i].type());
10794 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
10795 this->attributes_section_data_->merge(name, pasd);
10797 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
10798 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes;
10799 const Other_attributes* in_other_attributes = pasd->other_attributes(vendor);
10800 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter = in_other_attributes->begin();
10801 Other_attributes* out_other_attributes =
10802 this->attributes_section_data_->other_attributes(vendor);
10803 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter = out_other_attributes->begin();
10805 while (in_iter != in_other_attributes->end()
10806 || out_iter != out_other_attributes->end())
10808 const char* err_object = NULL;
10811 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
10812 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
10813 if (out_iter != out_other_attributes->end()
10814 && (in_iter == in_other_attributes->end()
10815 || in_iter->first > out_iter->first))
10817 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
10818 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
10819 err_object = "output";
10820 err_tag = out_iter->first;
10821 int saved_tag = out_iter->first;
10822 delete out_iter->second;
10823 out_other_attributes->erase(out_iter);
10824 out_iter = out_other_attributes->upper_bound(saved_tag);
10826 else if (in_iter != in_other_attributes->end()
10827 && (out_iter != out_other_attributes->end()
10828 || in_iter->first < out_iter->first))
10830 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
10831 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
10833 err_tag = in_iter->first;
10836 else // The tags are equal.
10838 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
10839 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
10840 err_object = "output";
10841 err_tag = out_iter->first;
10843 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10844 if (!in_iter->second->matches(*(out_iter->second)))
10846 // No match. Delete the attribute.
10847 int saved_tag = out_iter->first;
10848 delete out_iter->second;
10849 out_other_attributes->erase(out_iter);
10850 out_iter = out_other_attributes->upper_bound(saved_tag);
10854 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
10860 if (err_object && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10862 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
10863 if ((err_tag & 127) < 64)
10865 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
10866 err_object, err_tag);
10870 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10871 err_object, err_tag);
10877 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
10879 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
10881 template<bool big_endian>
10882 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
10883 Target_arm<big_endian>::new_arm_input_section(
10885 unsigned int shndx)
10887 Section_id sid(relobj, shndx);
10889 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section =
10890 new Arm_input_section<big_endian>(relobj, shndx);
10891 arm_input_section->init();
10893 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
10894 std::pair<typename Arm_input_section_map::iterator, bool> ins =
10895 this->arm_input_section_map_.insert(std::make_pair(sid, arm_input_section));
10897 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
10898 // for this input section already.
10899 gold_assert(ins.second);
10901 return arm_input_section;
10904 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
10905 // section of RELOBJ.
10907 template<bool big_endian>
10908 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
10909 Target_arm<big_endian>::find_arm_input_section(
10911 unsigned int shndx) const
10913 Section_id sid(relobj, shndx);
10914 typename Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p =
10915 this->arm_input_section_map_.find(sid);
10916 return (p != this->arm_input_section_map_.end()) ? p->second : NULL;
10919 // Make a new stub table.
10921 template<bool big_endian>
10922 Stub_table<big_endian>*
10923 Target_arm<big_endian>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner)
10925 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
10926 new Stub_table<big_endian>(owner);
10927 this->stub_tables_.push_back(stub_table);
10929 stub_table->set_address(owner->address() + owner->data_size());
10930 stub_table->set_file_offset(owner->offset() + owner->data_size());
10931 stub_table->finalize_data_size();
10936 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
10938 template<bool big_endian>
10940 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
10941 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
10942 unsigned int r_type,
10943 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
10944 unsigned int r_sym,
10945 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
10946 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword addend,
10947 Arm_address address)
10949 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate Relocate;
10951 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
10952 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
10954 bool target_is_thumb;
10955 Symbol_value<32> symval;
10958 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
10959 // final target is THUMB.
10960 if (gsym->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
10962 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
10963 symval.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
10964 + gsym->plt_offset());
10966 target_is_thumb = false;
10968 else if (gsym->is_undefined())
10969 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
10974 ((gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
10975 || (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
10976 && !gsym->is_undefined()
10977 && ((psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & 1) != 0)));
10982 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
10983 target_is_thumb = arm_relobj->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym);
10986 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
10987 const Arm_reloc_property* reloc_property =
10988 arm_reloc_property_table->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type);
10989 gold_assert(reloc_property != NULL);
10990 if (target_is_thumb
10991 && reloc_property->uses_thumb_bit()
10992 && ((psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & 1) != 0))
10994 Arm_address stripped_value =
10995 psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address>(1);
10996 symval.set_output_value(stripped_value);
11000 // Get the symbol value.
11001 Symbol_value<32>::Value value = psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0);
11003 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
11004 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
11005 Arm_address destination;
11008 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
11009 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
11010 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
11012 destination = value + addend + 8;
11014 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
11015 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
11016 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
11017 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
11019 destination = value + addend + 4;
11022 gold_unreachable();
11025 Reloc_stub* stub = NULL;
11026 Stub_type stub_type =
11027 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address, destination,
11029 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
11031 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11032 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
11033 arm_relobj->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
11034 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
11036 // Locate stub by destination.
11037 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, arm_relobj, r_sym, addend);
11039 // Create a stub if there is not one already
11040 stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
11043 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11044 stub = this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type);
11045 stub_table->add_reloc_stub(stub, stub_key);
11048 // Record the destination address.
11049 stub->set_destination_address(destination
11050 | (target_is_thumb ? 1 : 0));
11053 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
11054 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
11055 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
11056 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
11057 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11058 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
11059 && (address & 0xfffU) == 0xffeU)
11061 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
11062 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
11063 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
11064 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_[address] =
11065 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub, r_type,
11066 destination | (target_is_thumb ? 1 : 0));
11070 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
11071 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
11072 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
11073 // specific part of a relocation.
11075 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
11076 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
11078 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
11079 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
11080 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
11081 // mapped to output offsets.
11083 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
11084 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
11085 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
11086 // the output section.
11088 template<bool big_endian>
11089 template<int sh_type>
11091 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
11092 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
11093 const unsigned char* prelocs,
11094 size_t reloc_count,
11095 Output_section* output_section,
11096 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
11097 const unsigned char* view,
11098 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr view_address,
11101 typedef typename Reloc_types<sh_type, 32, big_endian>::Reloc Reltype;
11102 const int reloc_size =
11103 Reloc_types<sh_type, 32, big_endian>::reloc_size;
11105 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_object =
11106 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
11107 unsigned int local_count = arm_object->local_symbol_count();
11109 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior = CB_UNDETERMINED;
11111 for (size_t i = 0; i < reloc_count; ++i, prelocs += reloc_size)
11113 Reltype reloc(prelocs);
11115 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
11116 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
11117 unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(r_info);
11119 r_type = this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
11121 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
11122 if ((r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL)
11123 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
11124 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
11125 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL)
11126 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
11127 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
11128 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
11129 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX))
11132 section_offset_type offset =
11133 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc.get_r_offset());
11135 if (needs_special_offset_handling)
11137 offset = output_section->output_offset(relinfo->object,
11138 relinfo->data_shndx,
11144 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
11145 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX)
11147 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING)
11149 // Get the BX instruction.
11150 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
11151 const Valtype* wv =
11152 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view + offset);
11153 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword insn =
11154 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
11155 const uint32_t reg = (insn & 0xf);
11159 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11160 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
11161 arm_object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
11162 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
11164 if (stub_table->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg) == NULL)
11166 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11167 Arm_v4bx_stub* stub =
11168 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg);
11169 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
11170 stub_table->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub);
11178 Stub_addend_reader<sh_type, big_endian> stub_addend_reader;
11179 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword addend =
11180 stub_addend_reader(r_type, view + offset, reloc);
11182 const Sized_symbol<32>* sym;
11184 Symbol_value<32> symval;
11185 const Symbol_value<32> *psymval;
11186 bool is_defined_in_discarded_section;
11187 unsigned int shndx;
11188 if (r_sym < local_count)
11191 psymval = arm_object->local_symbol(r_sym);
11193 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
11194 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
11195 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
11196 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
11197 // correspond to a section we are folding.
11199 shndx = psymval->input_shndx(&is_ordinary);
11200 is_defined_in_discarded_section =
11202 && shndx != elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
11203 && !arm_object->is_section_included(shndx)
11204 && !relinfo->symtab->is_section_folded(arm_object, shndx));
11206 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this local
11208 if (!is_defined_in_discarded_section)
11210 typedef Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian> ObjType;
11211 typename ObjType::Compute_final_local_value_status status =
11212 arm_object->compute_final_local_value(r_sym, psymval, &symval,
11214 if (status == ObjType::CFLV_OK)
11216 // Currently we cannot handle a branch to a target in
11217 // a merged section. If this is the case, issue an error
11218 // and also free the merge symbol value.
11219 if (!symval.has_output_value())
11221 const std::string& section_name =
11222 arm_object->section_name(shndx);
11223 arm_object->error(_("cannot handle branch to local %u "
11224 "in a merged section %s"),
11225 r_sym, section_name.c_str());
11231 // We cannot determine the final value.
11238 const Symbol* gsym;
11239 gsym = arm_object->global_symbol(r_sym);
11240 gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
11241 if (gsym->is_forwarder())
11242 gsym = relinfo->symtab->resolve_forwards(gsym);
11244 sym = static_cast<const Sized_symbol<32>*>(gsym);
11245 if (sym->has_symtab_index() && sym->symtab_index() != -1U)
11246 symval.set_output_symtab_index(sym->symtab_index());
11248 symval.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11250 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
11252 const Symbol_table* symtab = relinfo->symtab;
11253 const Sized_symbol<32>* sized_symbol =
11254 symtab->get_sized_symbol<32>(gsym);
11255 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status;
11256 Arm_address value =
11257 symtab->compute_final_value<32>(sized_symbol, &status);
11259 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
11260 if (status == Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION)
11262 symval.set_output_value(value);
11264 if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_TLS)
11265 symval.set_is_tls_symbol();
11266 else if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC)
11267 symval.set_is_ifunc_symbol();
11270 is_defined_in_discarded_section =
11271 (gsym->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
11272 && gsym->is_undefined());
11276 Symbol_value<32> symval2;
11277 if (is_defined_in_discarded_section)
11279 if (comdat_behavior == CB_UNDETERMINED)
11281 std::string name = arm_object->section_name(relinfo->data_shndx);
11282 comdat_behavior = get_comdat_behavior(name.c_str());
11284 if (comdat_behavior == CB_PRETEND)
11286 // FIXME: This case does not work for global symbols.
11287 // We have no place to store the original section index.
11288 // Fortunately this does not matter for comdat sections,
11289 // only for sections explicitly discarded by a linker
11292 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr value =
11293 arm_object->map_to_kept_section(shndx, &found);
11295 symval2.set_output_value(value + psymval->input_value());
11297 symval2.set_output_value(0);
11301 if (comdat_behavior == CB_WARNING)
11302 gold_warning_at_location(relinfo, i, offset,
11303 _("relocation refers to discarded "
11305 symval2.set_output_value(0);
11307 symval2.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11308 psymval = &symval2;
11311 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
11312 // destination. Give up.
11313 if (psymval->is_section_symbol())
11316 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo, r_type, sym, r_sym, psymval,
11317 addend, view_address + offset);
11321 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
11323 template<bool big_endian>
11325 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_section_for_stubs(
11326 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
11327 unsigned int sh_type,
11328 const unsigned char* prelocs,
11329 size_t reloc_count,
11330 Output_section* output_section,
11331 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
11332 const unsigned char* view,
11333 Arm_address view_address,
11334 section_size_type view_size)
11336 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
11337 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs<elfcpp::SHT_REL>(
11342 needs_special_offset_handling,
11346 else if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
11347 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
11349 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs<elfcpp::SHT_RELA>(
11354 needs_special_offset_handling,
11359 gold_unreachable();
11362 // Group input sections for stub generation.
11364 // We group input sections in an output section so that the total size,
11365 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
11366 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
11367 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
11368 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
11369 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
11370 // extend the group after the stub table.
11372 template<bool big_endian>
11374 Target_arm<big_endian>::group_sections(
11376 section_size_type group_size,
11377 bool stubs_always_after_branch,
11380 // Group input sections and insert stub table
11381 Layout::Section_list section_list;
11382 layout->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list);
11383 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = section_list.begin();
11384 p != section_list.end();
11387 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* output_section =
11388 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
11389 output_section->group_sections(group_size, stubs_always_after_branch,
11394 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
11396 template<bool big_endian>
11398 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_relax(
11400 const Input_objects* input_objects,
11401 Symbol_table* symtab,
11405 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
11406 gold_assert(!parameters->options().relocatable());
11408 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
11410 bool done_exidx_fixup = false;
11411 typedef typename Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator;
11414 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
11415 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
11416 // is passed a negative value, we restrict stubs to be always after
11417 // the stubbed branches.
11418 int32_t stub_group_size_param =
11419 parameters->options().stub_group_size();
11420 bool stubs_always_after_branch = stub_group_size_param < 0;
11421 section_size_type stub_group_size = abs(stub_group_size_param);
11423 if (stub_group_size == 1)
11426 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
11427 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
11428 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
11429 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
11430 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
11432 // This value is 48K less than that, which allows for 4096
11433 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
11434 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
11436 stub_group_size = 4145152;
11439 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
11440 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
11441 // This is a crude way of enforcing that. In addition, long conditional
11442 // branches of THUMB-2 have a range of +-1M. If we are fixing cortex-A8
11443 // erratum, limit the group size to (1M - 12k) to avoid unreachable
11444 // cortex-A8 stubs from long conditional branches.
11445 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_)
11447 stubs_always_after_branch = true;
11448 const section_size_type cortex_a8_group_size = 1024 * (1024 - 12);
11449 stub_group_size = std::max(stub_group_size, cortex_a8_group_size);
11452 group_sections(layout, stub_group_size, stubs_always_after_branch, task);
11454 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11455 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* exidx_output_section = NULL;
11456 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p =
11457 layout->section_list().begin();
11458 p != layout->section_list().end();
11460 if ((*p)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
11462 if (exidx_output_section == NULL)
11463 exidx_output_section =
11464 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
11466 // We cannot handle this now.
11467 gold_error(_("multiple SHT_ARM_EXIDX sections %s and %s in a "
11468 "non-relocatable link"),
11469 exidx_output_section->name(),
11473 if (exidx_output_section != NULL)
11475 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout, input_objects, exidx_output_section,
11477 done_exidx_fixup = true;
11482 // If this is not the first pass, addresses and file offsets have
11483 // been reset at this point, set them here.
11484 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
11485 sp != this->stub_tables_.end();
11488 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner = (*sp)->owner();
11489 off_t off = align_address(owner->original_size(),
11490 (*sp)->addralign());
11491 (*sp)->set_address_and_file_offset(owner->address() + off,
11492 owner->offset() + off);
11496 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
11497 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
11498 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
11499 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
11500 // That would require more book-keeping.
11501 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_)
11503 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
11504 for (typename Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p =
11505 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.begin();
11506 p != this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.end();
11509 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.clear();
11511 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
11512 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
11513 sp != this->stub_tables_.end();
11515 (*sp)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
11518 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
11519 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op = input_objects->relobj_begin();
11520 op != input_objects->relobj_end();
11523 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
11524 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*op);
11525 // Lock the object so we can read from it. This is only called
11526 // single-threaded from Layout::finalize, so it is OK to lock.
11527 Task_lock_obj<Object> tl(task, arm_relobj);
11528 arm_relobj->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab, layout);
11531 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
11532 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
11534 bool any_stub_table_changed = false;
11535 Unordered_set<const Output_section*> sections_needing_adjustment;
11536 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
11537 (sp != this->stub_tables_.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed;
11540 if ((*sp)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
11542 // Update data size of stub table owner.
11543 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner = (*sp)->owner();
11544 uint64_t address = owner->address();
11545 off_t offset = owner->offset();
11546 owner->reset_address_and_file_offset();
11547 owner->set_address_and_file_offset(address, offset);
11549 sections_needing_adjustment.insert(owner->output_section());
11550 any_stub_table_changed = true;
11554 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
11555 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
11556 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
11558 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = layout->section_list().begin();
11559 p != layout->section_list().end();
11562 if (sections_needing_adjustment.find(*p)
11563 != sections_needing_adjustment.end())
11564 (*p)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
11567 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
11568 bool continue_relaxation = done_exidx_fixup || any_stub_table_changed;
11570 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
11571 if (!continue_relaxation)
11573 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
11574 (sp != this->stub_tables_.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed;
11576 (*sp)->finalize_stubs();
11578 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
11579 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op = input_objects->relobj_begin();
11580 op != input_objects->relobj_end();
11583 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
11584 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*op);
11586 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
11587 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
11589 if (arm_relobj->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
11591 // We need to lock the object's file to update it.
11592 Task_lock_obj<Object> tl(task, arm_relobj);
11593 arm_relobj->update_output_local_symbol_count();
11598 return continue_relaxation;
11601 // Relocate a stub.
11603 template<bool big_endian>
11605 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_stub(
11607 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
11608 Output_section* output_section,
11609 unsigned char* view,
11610 Arm_address address,
11611 section_size_type view_size)
11614 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
11615 for (size_t i = 0; i < stub_template->reloc_count(); i++)
11617 size_t reloc_insn_index = stub_template->reloc_insn_index(i);
11618 const Insn_template* insn = &stub_template->insns()[reloc_insn_index];
11620 unsigned int r_type = insn->r_type();
11621 section_size_type reloc_offset = stub_template->reloc_offset(i);
11622 section_size_type reloc_size = insn->size();
11623 gold_assert(reloc_offset + reloc_size <= view_size);
11625 // This is the address of the stub destination.
11626 Arm_address target = stub->reloc_target(i) + insn->reloc_addend();
11627 Symbol_value<32> symval;
11628 symval.set_output_value(target);
11630 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
11632 unsigned char reloc_buffer[elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size];
11633 memset(reloc_buffer, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer));
11634 elfcpp::Rel_write<32, big_endian> reloc_write(reloc_buffer);
11635 reloc_write.put_r_offset(reloc_offset);
11636 reloc_write.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info<32>(0, r_type));
11637 elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian> rel(reloc_buffer);
11639 relocate.relocate(relinfo, this, output_section,
11640 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs, rel, r_type,
11641 NULL, &symval, view + reloc_offset,
11642 address + reloc_offset, reloc_size);
11646 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
11649 template<bool big_endian>
11651 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag) const
11653 if (tag == Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility)
11654 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11655 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL);
11656 else if (tag == elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults)
11657 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11658 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT);
11659 else if (tag == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name || tag == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name)
11660 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL;
11662 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
11664 return ((tag & 1) != 0
11665 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
11666 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL);
11669 // Reorder attributes.
11671 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
11672 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
11673 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
11676 template<bool big_endian>
11678 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_attributes_order(int num) const
11680 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
11681 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
11682 // and shift everything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
11684 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance;
11686 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults;
11687 if ((num - 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults)
11689 if ((num - 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance)
11694 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
11696 template<bool big_endian>
11698 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
11699 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj,
11700 unsigned int shndx,
11701 section_size_type span_start,
11702 section_size_type span_end,
11703 const unsigned char* view,
11704 Arm_address address)
11706 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
11708 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
11709 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
11710 // first half of the branch.
11711 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
11712 // length non-branch instruction.
11713 section_size_type i = span_start;
11714 bool last_was_32bit = false;
11715 bool last_was_branch = false;
11716 while (i < span_end)
11718 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
11719 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view + i);
11720 uint32_t insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
11721 bool is_blx = false, is_b = false;
11722 bool is_bl = false, is_bcc = false;
11724 bool insn_32bit = (insn & 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn & 0x1800) != 0x0000;
11727 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
11728 insn = (insn << 16) | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
11730 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
11731 is_b = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf0009000U;
11732 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
11733 is_bl = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf000d000U;
11734 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
11735 is_blx = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf000c000U;
11736 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
11737 is_bcc = ((insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf0008000U
11738 && (insn & 0x07f00000U) != 0x03800000U);
11741 bool is_32bit_branch = is_b || is_bl || is_blx || is_bcc;
11743 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
11744 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
11745 // we need to work around.
11746 if (is_32bit_branch
11747 && ((address + i) & 0xfffU) == 0xffeU
11749 && !last_was_branch)
11751 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
11752 bool force_target_arm = false;
11753 bool force_target_thumb = false;
11754 const Cortex_a8_reloc* cortex_a8_reloc = NULL;
11755 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p =
11756 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.find(address + i);
11758 if (p != this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.end())
11760 cortex_a8_reloc = p->second;
11761 bool target_is_thumb = (cortex_a8_reloc->destination() & 1) != 0;
11763 if (cortex_a8_reloc->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11764 && !target_is_thumb)
11765 force_target_arm = true;
11766 else if (cortex_a8_reloc->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11767 && target_is_thumb)
11768 force_target_thumb = true;
11772 Stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
11774 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
11775 uint16_t upper_insn = (insn >> 16) & 0xffffU;
11776 uint16_t lower_insn = insn & 0xffffU;
11777 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
11779 if (cortex_a8_reloc != NULL
11780 && cortex_a8_reloc->reloc_stub() != NULL)
11781 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
11782 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
11783 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
11784 // setting of always_after_branch above).
11788 offset = RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn,
11790 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond;
11792 else if (is_b || is_bl || is_blx)
11794 offset = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn,
11799 stub_type = (is_blx
11800 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
11802 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
11803 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b));
11806 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
11808 Arm_address pc_for_insn = address + i + 4;
11810 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
11811 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
11812 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
11813 // BLX stub instead in that case.
11814 if (this->may_use_v5t_interworking() && force_target_arm
11815 && stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl)
11817 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx;
11821 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
11822 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
11823 else if (force_target_thumb
11824 && stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx)
11826 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl;
11834 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
11835 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
11836 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
11837 if (cortex_a8_reloc != NULL)
11838 offset = (off_t) (cortex_a8_reloc->destination() - pc_for_insn);
11840 Arm_address target = (pc_for_insn + offset) | (is_blx ? 0 : 1);
11842 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
11843 if (((address + i) & ~0xfffU) == (target & ~0xfffU))
11845 Cortex_a8_stub* stub =
11846 this->stub_factory_.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type,
11850 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
11851 arm_relobj->stub_table(shndx);
11852 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
11853 stub_table->add_cortex_a8_stub(address + i, stub);
11858 i += insn_32bit ? 4 : 2;
11859 last_was_32bit = insn_32bit;
11860 last_was_branch = is_32bit_branch;
11864 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
11866 template<bool big_endian>
11868 Target_arm<big_endian>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
11869 const Cortex_a8_stub* stub,
11870 Arm_address stub_address,
11871 unsigned char* insn_view,
11872 Arm_address insn_address)
11874 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
11875 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(insn_view);
11876 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
11877 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
11878 off_t branch_offset = stub_address - (insn_address + 4);
11880 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
11881 switch (stub->stub_template()->type())
11883 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond:
11884 // For a conditional branch, we re-write it to be an unconditional
11885 // branch to the stub. We use the THUMB-2 encoding here.
11886 upper_insn = 0xf000U;
11887 lower_insn = 0xb800U;
11889 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b:
11890 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl:
11891 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx:
11892 if ((lower_insn & 0x5000U) == 0x4000U)
11893 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
11894 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
11895 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
11896 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
11897 branch_offset = (branch_offset + 2) & ~3;
11899 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
11900 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow<25>(branch_offset));
11901 upper_insn = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
11902 lower_insn = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
11906 gold_unreachable();
11909 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
11910 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
11911 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
11914 template<bool big_endian>
11915 class Target_selector_arm : public Target_selector
11918 Target_selector_arm()
11919 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM, 32, big_endian,
11920 (big_endian ? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"),
11921 (big_endian ? "armelfb" : "armelf"))
11925 do_instantiate_target()
11926 { return new Target_arm<big_endian>(); }
11929 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11931 template<bool big_endian>
11933 Target_arm<big_endian>::fix_exidx_coverage(
11935 const Input_objects* input_objects,
11936 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* exidx_section,
11937 Symbol_table* symtab,
11940 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
11941 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
11942 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
11943 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
11944 // by addresses within the output section.
11946 typedef std::set<Output_section*, output_section_address_less_than>
11947 Sorted_output_section_list;
11948 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections;
11950 // Find out all the output sections of input sections pointed by
11951 // EXIDX input sections.
11952 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
11953 p != input_objects->relobj_end();
11956 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
11957 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*p);
11958 std::vector<unsigned int> shndx_list;
11959 arm_relobj->get_exidx_shndx_list(&shndx_list);
11960 for (size_t i = 0; i < shndx_list.size(); ++i)
11962 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
11963 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx_list[i]);
11964 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
11965 if (!exidx_input_section->has_errors())
11967 unsigned int text_shndx = exidx_input_section->link();
11968 Output_section* os = arm_relobj->output_section(text_shndx);
11969 if (os != NULL && (os->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
11970 sorted_output_sections.insert(os);
11975 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
11976 typedef typename Arm_output_section<big_endian>::Text_section_list
11978 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections;
11979 for (typename Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p =
11980 sorted_output_sections.begin();
11981 p != sorted_output_sections.end();
11984 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* arm_output_section =
11985 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
11986 arm_output_section->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections);
11989 exidx_section->fix_exidx_coverage(layout, sorted_text_sections, symtab,
11990 merge_exidx_entries(), task);
11993 Target_selector_arm<false> target_selector_arm;
11994 Target_selector_arm<true> target_selector_armbe;
11996 } // End anonymous namespace.